Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
ative)
lene
ve/neg
] (positi
ne
∆T [°C
ropy
erence
le
ature diff
thy
FLUSH CISTERNS RADIANT SYSTEMS Temper 100
lye
Silere
Poly
Po
90
80
70
60
40
30
20
200
160
10 120 ]
80
ction
∆ L [mm
40 ion/contra
10 0 Expans
9
8
7
6 This means that
5
3
4 doubling the noise
2 gth [m] noise sources power (or inten
1 Pipe len with noise energ sity) is the same
Let’s now supp ies (or intensities as increasing the
ose that we halve ) that are doub noise levels by
the noise powe le compared to 3 dB or difference
pressure corre r (or intensity) the other. s of 3 dB are equa
7 sponding to 80 an we want to
and l to
10 9
8 dB and we halve evaluate the reduc
] it, we obtain: tion in dB. If we
ght L [m
6
Pipe len 1 2 consider the same
5 L = 10lo
tot
p
g10
noise
[mm] 2 = 10log10 0,510 8 = 77 dB
(
TGM p0
)
4
meter De 315
Pipe dia 3
GEPRÜFT 250
2
This means that
halving the noise [2.13]
2,5 And what happ power (or inten
200 sity) is the equiv
2 ens if we multi
ply the noise energ
y (or intensity)
alent of reducing
the levels of noise
by 3 dB.
1 by a factor of ten?
2
L tot = 10log p
10 10
10
= 10log10 1010 8 = 90 dB
2,0
p0
( )
L Bf [m]
the noise levels
TE SYSTEMS
are increased [2.14]
1,5 by 10 dB!
arm
The concepts
of flexible
just dealt with
doubling the soun are clearly show
■
d power is equiv n in the curve
in Figure 2.1 wher
NOISE IN WAS
■ multiplyin alent to increasing e we see that:
DE AT IT UK AU PL RU FR NL SG BY SK g the sound powe the noise levels
r by a factor of by 3 dB;
Length
■ halving ten is equivalent
1,5 the sound powe to increasing the
r is the equivalent
of reducing the noise levels by
1,0 noise levels by 10 dB;
[m] 3 dB.
0,5 arm H Bf
of flexible
0 Length D"
180
140
[mm]
tion
n/contrac
0 Expansio
D"
7 7
D"
7 7
HU RO CZ DK CH UA ZA SE ES BE NO FI
D"
7 7 7 7
22
www.valsir.it
www.valsir.it
You can give us your opinion on Valsir and its products by using the form you will find into the “Services” section of our Web site.
www.valsir.it
1 Valsir waste systems 6
1.1 High density polyethylene electro-fusion waste and drainage system (HDPE) 6
1.1.1 Material 6
1.1.2 Application field 7
1.1.3 Dimensions 7
1.1.4 Connection systems 8
1.1.5 Quality marks 8
1.1.7 Packaging 8
1.1.6 Marking 8
1.2 Push-fit flame retardant polypropylene waste and drainage system (PP) 9
1.2.1 Material 9
1.2.2 Application field 10
1.2.3 Dimensions 10
1.2.4 Connection systems 10
1.2.5 Quality marks 11
1.2.6 Marking 11
1.2.7 Packaging 12
1.3 Push-fit triple layer waste and drainage system 13
1.3.1 Material 13
1.3.2 Application field 13
1.3.3 Dimensions 14
1.3.4 Connection systems 14
1.3.5 Quality marks 14
1.3.7 Packaging 15
1.3.6 Marking 15
1.4 Push-fit soundproof waste and drainage system 16
1.4.1 Material 16
1.4.2 Application field 17
1.4.3 Dimensions 17
1.4.4 Connection systems 17
1.4.5 Quality marks 17
1.4.7 Packaging 18
1.4.6 Marking 18
2.1 Introduction 19
2.2 Sound 19
2.3 Noise and its measurement 21
2.4 Noise in buildings and Italian legislation 23
2.5 The acoustic performance of the Valsir waste pipes 26
2.5.1 The test methods 26
2.5.2 The results 27
2.6 Acoustics in the planning of soil and waste systems 30
2.6.1 Introduction 30
2.6.2 Noise in waste systems 32
2.6.3 Acoustic design 33
2.6.4 Impact of system geometry on noise levels 36
2.7 Developments in Standards 40
2
3 Project design of waste systems 41
4.1 Introduction 83
4.2 Calculation of the flow rates 83
4.3 Dimensioning of waste branches 86
4.3.1 Dimensioning of branches without vent 86
4.3.2 Dimensioning of ventilated braches 87
4.4 Dimensioning of the waste stack 88
4.4.1 Dimensioning of stacks with primary ventilation 88
4.4.2 Dimensioning of stacks with parallel or secondary ventilation 89
4.4.3 Dimensioning of stacks with ventilation branches 89
4.5 Dimensioning of waste manifolds 90
4.6 Dimensioning examples 94
3
5 Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings 111
4
8 APPENDIX 171
A Definitions 171
B Flow in waste manifolds 173
C The materials 174
C.1 Polyethylene 174
C.2 Polypropylene 175
D Normative and legislative references 177
E Chemical resistance of HDPE and PP 178
F Technical informations on products 189
F.1 High-density polyethylene (PE) drainage system 189
F.2 Polypropylene (PP) drainage system 189
F.3 Triple layer push-fit waste and soil system (TRIPLUS) 189
F.4 Soundproof push-fit waste and soil system (SILERE) 189
G Measurement units 190
9 CATALOGUE 194
9.1 High density polyethylene electro-fusion waste and drainage system (HDPE) 195
9.1.1 Range 196
9.1.2 Equipment and accessories 243
9.2 Push-fit flame retardant polypropylene waste and drainage system (PP) 251
9.2.1 Range 252
9.2.2 Equipment and accessories 284
9.3 Push-fit triple layer waste and drainage system (TRIPLUS) 285
9.3.1 Range 286
9.3.2 Equipment and accessories 302
9.4 Push-fit soundproof waste and drainage system (SILERE) 303
9.4.1 Range 304
9.4.2 Equipment and accessories 316
5
1 VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
1 1.1 High density polyethylene electro-fusion waste and drainage system (HDPE)
VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
PEHD
No scrap material.
Fast and very simple installation.
Transport and handling operations simplified thanks to the reduced dimensions and the light weight of the products.
Availability of a wide range of special parts that allow any type of installation to be carried out.
Optimum compatibility with most chemical substances normally contained in waste water, does not come under attack by micro-
organisms.
Thanks to the extremely smooth internal surfaces the pressure losses are minimum; furthermore, this guarantees the absence of
deposits or bacterial flora.
Absence of problems caused by currents.
1.1.1 Material
The pipes and fittings are produced in high density polyethylene, characteristics of which are in compliance with the European Standards
currently in force. The Valsir high density polyethylene pipes and fittings are black in colour with the addition of carbon black that ensures
an optimum resistance to exposure to the sun.
6
1.1.2 Application field
The Valsir pipes and fittings in polyethylene meet the requirements of the UNI EN 1519 Standard and can be used inside buildings destined
for residential and industrial use and in particular for the following purposes:
a) Waste pipes for domestic waste waters (low and high temperature). 1
b) Ventilation pipes connected to the waste pipes previously indicated.
c) Discharge of rain water inside the structure of the building.
The UNI EN 1519 Standard establishes different applications identified with a specific marking:
series, this series cannot in any case be destined to underground applications of any type.
■■ The “D” marking identifies pipes and fittings underground used below the building at a distance no greater than 1 m from the same and
1.1.3 Dimensions
The diameters, the wall thickness and relative tolerances of the Valsir pipes in high density polyethylene are indicated in the following table.
These values are in compliance with those set by the standards currently in force.
Our HDPE range was sized in order to cover the following series: DN 32 to DN 160 falls into the S 12.5 series, whereas DN 200 to DN 315
falls into the S 12.5 and S 16 series.
7
1.1.4 Connection systems
Different methods can be used for connecting the pipes and/or fittings in polyethylene:
■■ Connection by butt-welding.
1 ■■ Connection by electro-fusion sleeves.
For more information on connections refer to the chapter “Installation and testing”.
IT NO DK CH AT DE UK AU HU
RO FR NL SE BE ZA
1.1.6 Marking
The Valsir polyethylene pipes carry the following informations: The Valsir polyethylene fittings carry the following informations:
■■ Reference standard. ■■ The producer name.
■■ The factory.
■■ Production period.
1.1.7 Packaging
To facilitate the transport and warehousing operations of the Valsir pipes and fittings the packaging is arranged as follows.
- Pipes in light reinforced brackets.
- Fittings in cardboard boxes.
8
1.2 Push-fit flame retardant polypropylene waste and drainage system (PP)
Totally waterproof seals thanks to the two lip elastomeric seal with support ring.
No tools or particular utensils necessary.
Fast an easy installation, transport and warehousing operations facilitated by the reduced sizes and the light weight of the
products.
Availability of a wide range of special pieces, all push-fit which allow any type of system to be created.
Optimum compatibility with most chemical substances that are normally present in waste waters, does not come under attack by
micro-organisms.
Thanks to the extremely smooth internal surfaces the pressure losses are minimum; furthermore they guarantee the absence of
deposits or bacterial flora.
Absence of problems caused by currents.
1.2.1 Material
The Valsir pipes and fittings in flame-retardant polypropylene are produced with a grey (RAL 7037) homo-polymer polypropylene which is
stabilized for exposure to UV rays. They are smooth, shiny and free of irregularities that would otherwise compromise the functional aspect.
9
1.2.2 Application field
The Valsir pipes and fittings in polypropylene meet the requirements of the UNI EN 1451 Standard and can be used inside buildings destined
for residential and industrial use and in particular for the following purposes:
1 a) Waste pipes for domestic waste waters (low and high temperature).
b) Ventilation pipes connected to the waste pipes previously indicated.
c) Discharge of rain water inside the structure of the building.
The UNI EN 1451 Standard establishes different applications identified with a specific marking:
VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
■■ The “B” marking identifies pipes and fittings used inside or outside the building anchored to the wall. The use is limited to the S 20 series,
this series cannot in any case be destined to underground applications of any type.
■■ The “BD” marking identifies pipes and fittings destined for use both inside the building and underground in the area of the building
structure. For this use nominal diameters equal to or greater than 75 mm are allowed.
1.2.3 Dimensions
The nominal diameters, the nominal wall thickness and relative tolerances of the Valsir polypropylene pipes are indicated in the following
table. These values are in compliance with those set by the standards currently in force.
Jointing of polypropylene pipes and fittings is by push-fit sockets that incorporate special rubber seals thus ensuring a perfectly water tight
connection. The elastomeric seals are factory-fitted in a groove inside the connection socket. This rubber seal guarantees a safer seal
when the pipe is oval or has been misaligned; slight slopes are also acceptable with these rubber seals. The seals are made of materials
that guarantee optimum seal functionality and safety as well as the same service life as the pipes and fittings. In terms of dimensions,
requirements, test method and frequency they fully meet German Standard DIN 4060 “Pipe joint assemblies with elastomeric seals for use
in drains and sewers”. The production of seals for special articles carries the mark of Perizia Edile di Berlino PA-I (D). The polypropylene
pipe lengths 150, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000 mm are supplied with just one socket. Valsir also supplies pipes with two sockets
(except for De 90 with lengths of 500 and 750 and De 160) starting with the 500 mm length, to avoid material wastage, and pipes without
sockets in lengths of 5000 mm for diameters up to De 125. The dimensional characteristics of the sockets are indicated as follows.
For more information on connection methods please refer to the chapter “Installation and testing”.
10
Figure 1.1 Dimensional characteristics of the push-fit socket.
e2
α e
1
De ds
A C
RU IT DE AT RO FR CZ UA HU
BY
1.2.6 Marking
The Valsir polypropylene pipes carry the following informations: The Valsir polypropylene fittings carry the following informations:
■■ Producer name. ■■ Producer name.
■■ The application area (B). ■■ Characteristic angle (for bends and branches).
11
1.2.7 Packaging
To facilitate the transport and warehousing operations of the Valsir pipes and fittings the packaging is arranged as follows.
1 Pipes:
- In reinforced wooden brackets for large packages.
- In piles tied together with plastic elements.
- In cardboard boxes for short lengths and reduced diameters.
VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
Fittings:
- In cardboard boxes.
12
1.3 Push-fit triple layer waste and drainage system
1.3.1 Material
The Triplus pipes are composed of three layers: an internal layer in copolymer polypropylene (PP), an intermediate layer in polypropylene
with inert mineral loads.
13
1.3.3 Dimensions
The diameters, the wall thickness and the relative tolerances of the Triplus pipes are indicated in the following table.
The Triplus pipes and fittings sockets incorporate a factory-fitted single lipped seal in a special groove.
The single lipped elastomeric seals are inserted in a special groove that ensures a perfectly water-tight seal, safety and easy insertion.
The seals have the same service life as the pipe and fittings. The seal dimensions, requirements, technology and control frequency thereof
all meet the German Standard DIN 4060 “Pipe joint assemblies with elastomeric seals for use in drains and sewers”.
For more information on connections refer to the chapter “Installation and testing”.
TGM
GEPRÜFT
RU DE AT UA DK NO
14
1.3.6 Marking
The Valsir Triplus pipes carry the following informations: The Valsir Triplus fittings carry the following informations:
■■ Producer name. ■■ Producer name.
1.3.7 Packaging
For easy and correct storage, the packaging is arranged as follows.
Pipes:
- In reinforced wooden brackets for large packs.
- In piles tied with plastic elements.
- In cardboard boxes for short pipes and reduced diameters.
Fittings:
- In cardboard boxes.
15
1.4 Push-fit soundproof waste and drainage system
1
VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
Excellent soundproofing characteristics. Thanks to its structure the Silere system guarantees a significant soundproofing
performance with flow rates of 2 l/s the noise levels are just 6 dB(A).
Elevated mechanical resistance. The Silere system is made up of pipes and fittings with a large wall thickness. They are therefore
extremely robust, and with equal loads they undergo less deformations than normal waste systems currently available.
Elevated corrosion resistance. The Silere fittings resist corrosion by acids, oxidizing agents and inorganic reducers.
The Silere pipes possess extremely smooth internal and external surfaces free from scale so that waste systems that are installed
with Silere possess low pressure losses and are free from the formation of incrustations.
The Silere waste system resists hot water in compliance with the German Standard DIN 1986 (working field from 0° to 95°C).
The Silere waste system can transport waste waters with pH values between 2 and 12.
The pipes are available in various lengths thus permitting the reduction of waste to a minimum.
1.4.1 Material
The Silere pipes and fittings are made of polypropylene with a mineral load that resists water at elevated temperatures. Light grey in colour
RAL 7035.
16
1.4.2 Application field
The Silere waste system including pipes, fittings and sealing elements is suitable for the transport and the discharge of waters with pH
values between 2 and 12 and a maximum temperature of 95°C. Given the elevated soundproofing characteristics it can be applied in all
systems where it is necessary to respect the legislative requirements concerning acoustic pollution. In order to guarantee the excellent 1
levels of silence of the systems it is necessary to use soundproofing clips equipped with anti-vibration rubber.
The Silere pipes and fittings meet the requirements of the UNI EN 1451 Standard and can be used inside buildings (application area B) for
residential and industrial use and in particular the following purposes:
a) Waste systems for transporting domestic waste waters (low and high temperature).
1.4.3 Dimensions
The diameters, wall thickness and relative tolerances of the Silere pipes are indicated in the following table:
The Silere pipe and fitting sockets incorporate a factory-fitted single lipped seal inserted in a special groove.
The single-lipped elastomeric seals are inserted in a special groove that ensures a perfectly water-tight seal and safety and easy insertion.
The seals have the same service life as the pipes and fittings. The seal dimensions, requirements, technology and control frequency thereof
all meet the German Standard DIN 4060 “Pipe joint assemblies with elastomeric seals for use in drains and sewers”.
For more information on connections refer to the chapter “Installation and testing”.
TGM
GEPRÜFT
DK AT HU AU SE NO BY
17
1.4.6 Marking
The Valsir Silere pipes carry the following informations: The Valsir Silere fittings carry the following informations:
■■ Producer name. ■■ Producer name.
1 ■■ Brand name Silere. ■■ Brand name Silere.
■■ The external diameter and wall thickness. ■■ Connection diameters.
■■ The product marks. ■■ Characteristic angle (for bends and branches).
■■ Production batch. ■■ Production period.
■■ Factory. ■■ The product marks.
VALSIR WASTE SYSTEMS
■■ Production date.
1.4.7 Packaging
For easy and correct storage, the packaging is arranged as follows:
Pipes:
- In reinforced wooden brackets for large packs.
- In shrink film for short pipes.
Fittings:
- In shrink film.
18
2 Noise in waste systems
2.1 Introduction
Noise is one of the main causes of the reduction in the quality of life in cities today. In fact, although the tendency in individual environments
shows a fall in the highest levels of noise in areas at greater risk, there has been a parallel amplification of trouble areas that has resulted
in the increase of the population exposed.
Noise pollution is the most widely debated argument today, however, the tendency is to analyse the causes of external noise such as,
for example, air and road traffic and to underestimate and overlook the causes of internal noise in buildings caused by technological
installations such as, lifts, heating and air-conditioning, and waste systems, which is the subject of this document. 2
To overlook the problem of “noise” in waste systems means, however, to ignore the Standards and Regulations in force that establish the
project boundaries and the restrictions in noise levels. If we focus our attention on the Italian market, the reference document regarding
the limits in noise levels for technological installations is the Decree dated December 5 1997 published in the Official Paper No. 297 on
2.2 Sound
Sound is the propagation of mechanical energy in a medium (elastic solid, gas or liquid) through fluctuation waves (sonorous waves) that
propagate at a typical speed depending on the medium.
c = R T [2.1]
where γ is the ratio between the specific heat at a constant pressure and the specific heat at a constant volume (for air in standard
conditions it is equal to 1.4), R is the characteristic constant of the gas and T is the absolute temperature [K].
In particular, for air, the equation in relation to the temperature in degrees centigrade [°C], becomes:
19
The velocity in a liquid or in a solid is given by:
c = E [2.3]
A sound wave is characterised by a wave length λ (measured in m) and a frequency f (measured in Hz) that are connected to the velocity
of propagation in the medium c (measured in m/s).
c = f [2.4]
2
Not all sounds that exist in nature can be heard by the human ear. The field of sounds that can be heard by man is limited to a frequency
range of 20 Hz to 20 kHz approximately. We therefore define:
■■ Infrasounds as pressure oscillations with frequencies below 20 Hz, that therefore cannot be heard by the human ear.
■■ Ultrasounds as pressure oscillations with frequencies above 20 kHz, that therefore can be heard by the human ear.
The sound intensity is the quantity of power J transported by the sound wave per surface unit perpendicular to the propagation direction
and it is represented by the following relation:
peff2
J = [2.5]
c
where ρ is the density of the medium in which the sound is propagated [kg/m3].
The absolute sound intensity is not easy to measure, it is therefore preferable to measure the relative intensity of a sound that is to measure
in Bell or in tenths of a Bell (dB). The dB is a value that indicates the logarithm on a base of 10 of the ratio between the intensity J (or the
pressure p or the power W) of a sound and the reference intensity J0(or the pressure p0or the power W0). The following are some definitions.
The sound pressure level:
2
p
( )
L p = 20 log10 p p0 = 10 log10
p0
[2.6]
(
L J = 10 log10 J J0 ) [2.7]
(
L W = 10 log10 W W0 ) [2.8]
where p0 = 2·10-5 Pa corresponds to the lowest pressure perceptible by the human ear at a frequency of 1000 Hz, J0 = 10-12 W/m2 corresponds
to the sound intensity of a sound wave the pressure of which is equal to the minimum threshold of hearing p0e W0 = 10-12 W corresponds to
the power of a source that produces on a spherical surface of 1 m2 the pressure equal to the minimum hearing threshold p0.
20
2.3 Noise and its measurement
Noise can be defined in different ways:
■■ From a physical point of view it is the irrational mixing of sounds with different frequencies and intensities.
■■ From a psychological point of view it is any type of unwanted sound (ANSI definition) or an acoustic phenomena that produces a hearing
To measure noise levels phonometers are employed, and with such instruments it is possible to determine the noise intensity in dB.
Since the sensitivity of the human ear depends on the noise frequency (a sound of 20 dB is below the hearing threshold if issued at 100 Hz
whereas it can be heard if issued at 2500 Hz), the measurement of the noise intensity must be “contemplated” to keep in consideration
the different response of the human ear. 2
For this reason the level of noise is expressed as 10 times the decimal logarithm of the sum of the squares of the ratios between the
components pi of the noise pressure (measured at different frequencies) and the reference pressure p0:
2
p
The weights Ki assigned to each pressure component define the contemplation curve that can be of the A, B and C type. The A type curve
is the one that most commonly takes into consideration the response of the human ear and therefore such observations are indicated with
the symbol dB(A).
The following table gives an idea of the noise levels in relation to the source:
0 Hearing threshold
20 Whispered voice
40 Quiet office
60 Normal conversation
80 Car, orchestra
100 The inside of a car at 120 km/h
120 Pneumatic drill (pain threshold)
140 Plane
In the case of several noise sources, the total level is not given by the sum of the single levels expressed in dB but by expressing in dB the
sum of the squares of the noise pressures. To clarify this concept an example will be made.
Let us consider 2 sources of noise 80 dB each and we need to evacuate the total level of noise. The levels of noise pressure of the sources
are given by the following expression:
2
p
L = 10 log10 = 80 dB [2.10]
p0
from which, by inverting it, we get:
2
L
p
= 10 10 = 108 [2.11]
p0
The sum of the levels of pressure is given by the sum of the squares of the noise pressures and therefore:
2 2
p p
L tot = 10 log10
p0
+
p0
( )
= 10 log10 108 +108 = 83 dB [2.12]
21
This means that doubling the noise power (or intensity) is the same as increasing the noise levels by 3 dB or differences of 3 dB are equal
to noise sources with noise energies (or intensities) that are double compared to the other.
Let’s now suppose that we halve the noise power (or intensity) and we want to evaluate the reduction in dB. If we consider the same noise
pressure corresponding to 80 dB and we halve it, we obtain:
2
1 p
L tot = 10 log10
2 p0
( )
= 10 log10 0.5 108 = 77 dB [2.13]
This means that halving the noise power (or intensity) is the equivalent of reducing the levels of noise by 3 dB.
2 And what happens if we multiply the noise energy (or intensity) by a factor of ten?
2
p
L tot = 10 log10 10
p0
( )
= 10 log10 10 108 = 90 dB [2.14]
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
The concepts just dealt with are clearly shown in the curve in Figure 2.1 where we see that:
■■ Doubling the sound power is equivalent to increasing the noise levels by 3 dB.
■■ Multiplying the sound power by a factor of ten is equivalent to increasing the noise levels by 10 dB.
■■ Halving the sound power is the equivalent of reducing the noise levels by 3 dB.
Figure 2.1 Difference in dB between two sound sources with sound energies of W1 and W2 (or intensity J1 and J2).
dB 15
+10 dB
10
W2 = 10 W1
+3 dB W2 = 2 W1
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 W2/W1
-3 dB W2 = 0,5 W1
-5
22
2.4 Noise in buildings and Italian legislation
In recent years there has been an increase in the problems relating to noise emissions produced inside buildings that involve different
aspects from urban development to constructions techniques, from the distribution of rooms to the level of silence of plumbing systems.
Respect for the conditions of acoustic well-being in homes but also in the workplace has become an essential requirement in buildings.
Surroundings can be considered satisfactory from the point of view of acoustic comfort when the noise that the inhabitants have to support
is such as not to create damage to their health and to allow adequate conditions for relaxation and for work.
The sources of noise that influence life inside buildings are multiple:
■■ External noises caused by automobile traffic, airplanes, etc.
■■ Noises caused by walking, by children playing or by particular lifestyles (diffusion of music or televisions at full volume, the use of musical 2
instruments), etc.
■■ Noises caused by installations such as air-conditioners, heating systems, pumps, drains, etc.
High volume
music
Installation
noise
Internal
sources
Walking
Children noise
playing
Installation
noise
■■ Structurally, when the sound waves that reach the listener, are generated by blows and vibrations produced on the structures of the
23
The legislative document that establishes the fundamental principles for the protection of the household surroundings from acoustic
pollution (according to and to the effect of article 117 of the Constitution) is the ordinary law of Parliament n. 447 dated 26/10/1995 also
known as “The Law on acoustical pollution” (published on the Ordinary Supplement of the Official Gazette n. 254 dated 30/10/1995).
The law, with the intent of systematically regulating the subject of noise in buildings, has seen to the diffusion of documents for:
a) the definition of the authorities and the control organs;
b) the determination of the detection and measurement techniques of acoustic pollution;
c) the definition of the criteria for the design, execution and the renovation of building constructions;
d) the determination of the passive acoustic requirements and their components with the aim of reducing the human exposure to noise.
2 Point d) of the abovementioned list was confronted by the Decree of the President of the Ministers dated 5 December 1997 (published in the
Official Gazette n. 297 dated 22 December 1997) which, with the objective of reducing the human exposure to noise, establishes that:
1) the acoustic requirements of the internal sources of noise (technological systems),
2) the passive acoustic requirements of buildings and their working components (vertical and horizontal partitions).
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
In particular, the noise level of technological systems (services) must respect the following limits:
■■ L ASmax ≤ 35 dB(A) for intermittently operating services (lifts, drains, bathrooms, hygienic services and taps).
■■ L Aeq ≤ 25 dB(A) for continuously operating services (heating systems, aeration and conditioning).
Noise measurement must be carried out in the room with the most elevated level of noise and this room must not be the same as the room
where the noise originates.
Measuring room
The decree classifies the rooms in relation to the destined use according to the following table:
24
And for each type of room, establishes, not only the restrictions on the technological installations, but also the sizes that determine the
passive acoustical requirements of the building components and the internal sound sources. From the following table it can be seen that
the soundproofing power of walls, acoustical insulation of front walls and walking noise are taken into consideration.
Table 2.4 Limits established for each type of building (D.P.C.M. 5/12/1997).
Equivalent
Apparent sound Facade Maximum level of
continuous level
proofing power of standardised Normalised level sound pressure
of sound pressure
Category room separation acoustic of walking noise for technological
for technological
elements insulation installations
insulations
Rw
D2m,nT,w LnT,w L ASmax L Aeq
2
Hospitals 55 45 58 35 25
Schools 50 48 58 35 25
Offices, places
of worship, 50 42 55 35 35
recreational and
shopping activities
25
2.5 The acoustic performance of the Valsir waste pipes
In 1997 Valsir started a difficult undertaking in the research and verification of the acoustic insulation capacity of pipes destined for use
in the waste systems of buildings. The tests carried out in the Fraunhofer Institut fur Bauphysik in Stuttgart, recognised as being the best
laboratory for acoustic tests, evaluated the sound absorption capacity of the products and determined whether they met the requirements
of the laws and standards in force. The testing campaign, the last tests of which were carried out in July 2006, achieved excellent results
and allowed interesting comparisons to be carried out between the various product lines manufactured in the Valsir factories.
transferred to the partition wall; the back rooms have a volume of 70.4 m3 (surface area of about 23 m2) while the front rooms are 52.6 m3
(surface area of about 17 m2).
Partition wall
DG
Ceiling
EG EG
Ground floor Ground floor
rear front
UG UG
Underground floor Underground floor
rear front
KG
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Cellar
The waste flow (continuous) is ensured by means of a pumping station that guarantees a precision of 5% and which supplies different levels
of flow in relation to the internal diameter of the pipe as can be seen in Table 2.5 The acoustic pressure levels are measured in third octaves
with frequencies from 100 Hz to 5000 Hz.
Table 2.5 Measurement flow in relation to the dimensions of the waste pipe to be tested.
Internal diameter of the pipe
70 ≤ Di < 100 100 ≤ Di < 125 125 ≤ Di < 150
[mm]
Measurement flows [l/s] 0.5 - 1 0.5 - 1 - 2 - 4 0.5 - 1 - 2 - 4 - 8
26
2.5.2 The results
The testing campaign involved numerous tests being carried out in 1997, 1998, 2004 and 2006 and the excellent results obtained following
the development of the Silere and Triplus waste systems are indicated in the diagrams and tables which follow. The tests were carried
out both with 2 clips per floor and with 1 clip per floor as the latter represents the typical installation configuration in residential
buildings. Consider that the values obtained were rounded up to whole numbers as requested by the reference standards.
Table 2.6 Levels of noise pressure expressed in dB(A) measured on the ground floor behind the installation wall for Silere pipe 110x5.6 in compliance with DIN
4109 and UNI EN 14366. The results were obtained by the Fraunhofer Institute in Stuttgart, using acoustically insulated pipe clips.
Flow rate [l/s]
Pipe Reference standard Test certificate Anchorage 0.5 1 2 4 2
Levels of noise pressure dB(A)
UNI EN 14366 P-BA 223/2006 2 clips per floor -2 1 6 14
Silere DIN 4109 P-BA 221/2006 2 clips per floor 1 4 8 17
Table 2.7 Levels of noise pressure expressed in dB(A) measured on the ground floor behind the installation wall for Triplus 110x3.6 in compliance with DIN 4109
and UNI EN 14366. The results were obtained by the Fraunhofer Institute in Stuttgart, using acoustically insulated pipe clips.
Flow rate [l/s]
Pipe Reference standard Test certificate Anchorage 0.5 1 2 4
Levels of noise pressure dB(A)
UNI EN 14366 P-BA 227/2006 2 clips per floor 1 6 12 16
Triplus DIN 4109 P-BA 225/2006 2 clips per floor 3 8 12 19
DIN 4109 P-BA 226/2006 1 clip per floor 1 5 10 16
Figure 2.6 Layout of the test system with 2 clips per floor. Figure 2.7 Layout of the test system with 1 clip per floor.
27
It can be observed that by eliminating an anchor clip the levels of sound pressure in the measurement room located behind the installation
wall of the waste stack are reduced by several dB. This behaviour is due to the fact that the vibrations that are transferred to the installation
wall through the clips are reduced. Negative values correspond to very low sound pressure levels that are not detected by the human ear
and are near to the detection threshold of the laboratory instruments (for more details see chapter 2.2).
For flow rates of 1 l/s (typical discharge of a dishwasher or a bathtub) and for flow rates of 2 l/s (typical discharge of a WC with a 7.5 l
cistern) the Silere waste system is more silent than the Triplus waste system by 6 dB(A) (values relative to the UNI EN 14366 standard)
which is the equivalent of reducing by more than half the levels of sound pressure. Triplus therefore is an optimum waste system with
excellent soundproofing characteristics but the top of the range is undoubtedly Silere which enables the achievement of levels that would
2 be difficult to reach by other waste systems on the market.
Figure 2.8 Levels of noise pressure Lsc,A expressed in dB(A) measured on the ground floor behind the installation wall for Silere pipe 110x5.6 and Triplus pipe
110x3.6 in compliance with UNI EN 14366. The results were obtained by the Fraunhofer Institute in Stuttgart using acoustically insulated pipe clips (certificate
P-BA 223/2006 for Silere and certificate P-BA 227/2006 for Triplus).
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
18
Silere
16 Triplus
16
14
14
12
12
Level of noise pressure LSC,A [dB(A)]
10
6
6 6
1 1
0
Similar tests were carried out with the objective of evaluating the difference between the noise levels of the Silere system, traditional
systems in polypropylene (PP) and those in cast iron. The results achieved are shown in the following diagram and table and demonstrate
the difference in the noise levels compared to those obtained with cast iron expressed in dB(A).
28
Table 2.8 Difference in the levels of noise pressure Lsc,A expressed in dB(A) measured on the ground floor behind the installation wall for Silere pipes 110x5.6 and
Polypropylene pipes 110x2.7 compared with the levels of noise of cast iron 100x3.5 in compliance with DIN 4109. The results were obtained by the Fraunhofer
Institute in Stuttgart, using acoustically insulated pipe clips (certificate P-BA 113/2004e).
Flow rate [l/s]
Pipe 0.5 1 2 4
Difference in the levels of noise pressure dB(A) compared with cast iron pipes
Cast iron Reference
Polypropylene (PP) + 50% + 44% + 25% + 8%
Silere - 8% - 6% + 5% + 4%
2
It is evident from the test results that the soundproofing performance of Silere pipes is very similar to that of cast iron. With flow rates of
2 and 4 l/s the difference is +1 dB(A), 4 to 5% but with flow rates of 0.5 and 1 l/s the difference is negative thus making Silere one of the
best performing soundproofing waste systems.
As revealed in previous paragraphs, the specific weight of the product plays an important role in achieving good levels of soundproofing;
Figure 2.9 Percentage difference of the sound pressure levels Lsc,A measured on the ground floor behind the installation wall for Silere pipe diameter 110x5.6
and polypropylene diameter (PP) 110x2.7 relative to the noise levels of cast iron pipe diameter 100x3.5 to DIN 4109. The results were obtained by the Fraunhofer
Institute in Stuttgart using soundproofing pipe clips (certificate P-BA 113/2004e).
60
Silere
polypropylene (PP)
50
40
Percentage differences of sound pressure levels [%]
30
+50%
+44%
20
+25%
10
+8%
+5%
+4%
Cast iron
reference 0
-6%
-8%
29
2.6 Acoustics in the planning of soil and waste systems
2.6.1 Introduction
Acoustics in the design of soil and waste systems must first of all identify the cause of noise inside the systems; it is extremely important
to locate the critical points within the system and adopt measures that will dampen noise transmission which can be both airborne or
structure-born.
2
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
Figure 2.11 Structure-borne sound from a waste stack that is anchored with an anti-vibration pipe clip.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
30
Waste systems are characterised by airborne and structure-borne sound; it is therefore necessary to adopt measures in planning and
installation aimed at reducing both.
To reduce air-borne sound the pipework must be insulated acoustically by placing walls between the pipework and the room in which the
noise impact needs to the dampened (soundproofing). In this case, the type of partition wall, and in particular, its weight, are key elements
in efficient soundproofing.
Figure 2.12 Reduction of airborne noise of a waste stack with a technical cavity wall.
To reduce structure-borne noise that is generated by a waste system it is necessary to insulate the piping from the building structure by
using pipe clips equipped with anti-vibration rubber. These clips act as springs thus reducing the vibrations that the pipe tends to transfer
to the walls. The construction characteristics of the clip are therefore of fundamental importance; insufficient elasticity of the rubber lining,
for example, or excessively tight anchoring of the pipe can compromise the acoustic performance of the system.
Figure 2.13 Reduction of structure-born noise of a waste stack with anti-vibration pipe clips.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Anti-vibration clip
31
2.6.2 Noise in waste systems
When a waste system is operating, noises originate inside the pipe, which then starts to vibrate due to the fall of the discharged liquid,
which:
■■ Hits against the walls of the vertical stack.
■■ Hits against the walls of the horizontal pipes due to changes in direction.
■■ Can suck air upstream thus pressurizing the air downstream (siphoning).
Greater part of the noise is produced inside the pipe itself but the vibrations generated are transmitted from the pipe walls to the surrounding
area and to the bracketing systems and consequently the building structure.
2 Noise propagation inside a waste system therefore depends on: Figure 2.14 Noise transmission in waste systems.
■■ The characteristics of the pipe clips.
geometry.
■■ Its dampening capacity which depends on the pipe structure (use
of several materials).
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
By way of summary, in order to dampen the level of noise caused by Figure 2.16 Influence of pipe on noise levels.
waste systems, it is advisable to:
■■ Choose a pipe with good soundproofing characteristics.
suitable products.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
32
2.6.3 Acoustic design
In planning waste and soil systems several architectural acoustics criteria for controlling the noise produced by systems need to be
followed. Whether these criteria can be applied or not, obviously depends on the structure and geometry of the property and it is therefore
strongly recommended consulting those involved in architectural engineering.
■■ Sanitary fixtures and relative waste pipes must be positioned in cavity walls that are not adjacent to bedrooms or living rooms.
■■ It is advisable to create technical cavity walls in which the waste pipes are installed and to position them in the same area as the sanitary
fixtures.
■■ The sanitary fixtures of each floor must be positioned above each other in order to reduce the necessity of stack offsets, which are a
source of noise. 2
■■ If the above is not possible, then measures must be taken to protect against the noise by increasing the acoustic insulation of the
Kitchen Bedroom
Kitchen Bedroom
Living room
Living room
Bathroom CORRECT
Bathroom NOT RECOMMENDED Technical cavity wall of
Technical cavity wall the bathrooms on the
between the bathroom and external perimeter
the bedroom
CORRECT
Technical cavity © 2010 Valsir S.p.A. Living room
Kitchen
between the bathroom CORRECT
and the kitchen of the Technical cavity wall of
same dwelling unit the kitchen on the Bedroom
xternal perimeter
Kitchen Bedroom
Bathroom
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
■■ P ositioning of the pipes inside the technical cavity wall must be on the thickest wall and possibly in the corner. The installation of pipes
on thin walls and above all in the centre of the wall can favour the diffusion of structural noise due to vibrations in the wall.
33
■ To limit airborne noise, it is therefore recommended to install the waste pipes inside a technical cavity wall, which, due to the acoustic
insulation properties of the walls, reduces the noise transmitted to the outside. The technical cavity wall, however, can result in an
increase in the level of airborne noise inside the wall due to the “resonating chamber” effect thus, in some degree, neutralising the
insulation effect of the walls themselves. This increase is influenced by the geometry of the technical cavity wall and by the surface of
the wall of the technical cavity wall adjacent to the measurement room; values of about 6 dB to 10 dB can be measured for cavity walls
where the wall next to the measurement room has a depth of 0.3 m to 1 m.
■ To reduce the “resonating chamber” effect it is recommended to cover part of the internal walls with a sound-absorbing material such as
mineral wool, for example, with a thickness of 40 mm that can completely cancel the increase in noise.
2 Figure 2.19 Installation of pipes in the technical cavity wall partially covered with a sound-absorbing material.
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
■■ P assage through floor slabs and walls must be carried out in such a way as to acoustically separate the pipework from the building
structure in order to reduce the transmission of vibrations, produced during operation of the waste system. It is therefore suggested to
cover the pipes with an elastic insulating sheath with a minimum thickness of 5 mm.
■■ If the pipe needs to be embedded in the wall it is recommended to create gaps in order to create the “cavity” effect thus avoiding contact
between the pipe and the building structure. If there are contact points with the bricks or there is the risk that contact could be created
during vibration of the pipe, it is suggested to cover the stack with an elastic insulating sheath with a minimum thickness of 5 mm.
■■ If the pipe is completely embedded in the concrete then it is not required to insulate it in that the mass of concrete will control the acoustic
transmission of the noise. With a layer of 50 mm of concrete the level of noise is reduced by about 30 dB.
■■ To limit the structure-born noise it is recommended to reduce the contact points with the wall to a minimum; to control therefore the
transmission of vibrations to the structure the number of clips must be limited, at most, the passage through the floor slab can be used
as an anchor point.
34
■■ ranching connections must be made with 87.5° branches (or 88.5° depending on the type of waste system). As compared with 45°
B
branches, they ensure that flow into the waste stack is slower and lower levels of noise are generated (for more details see chapter
3.5.3).
35
2.6.4 Impact of system geometry on noise levels
To estimate the noise of a system from a design point of view it is necessary not only to consider airborne noise but also to consider
structure-born noise, the latter being decidedly complex in that it is influenced by the type of building envelope, the quality of the anchors
and the installation geometry. The simplistic analysis of some technical documents, also to be found in Internet, risk generating unrealistic
results; an analysis that only takes the effect of the cavity wall and the dampening effect of the wall into account, leads to results that are
decidedly lower than those obtained in practise, that also consider the influence of the structure: the level of structural noise is usually
greater than the level of airborne noise and therefore cannot be disregarded. A complete evaluation should also be carried out on the
analyses at the various frequencies and not on the sound level measured.
2 The values indicated in this chapter, if not otherwise specified, have been obtained from measurements of airborne noise
(normalised noise level La,A ) made in front of the waste pipe and their sole scope is to give an idea of the impact of the waste
system geometry on the level of noise generated. For a complete analysis (that also takes the noise transmitted by the building
into account) measurements must be made on-site as established by D.P.C.M. 5/12/1997.
NOISE IN WASTE SYSTEMS
Phonometric measurements that are conducted in the laboratory (in compliance with the standards DIN 4109 and EN 14366 in force)
employ a continuous flow of water with values of 0.5 l/s, 1 l/s, 2 l/s and 4 l/s; in practise, however, the maximum level of noise reached
is generated by toilet flushing. In this case, we have a discontinuous flow caused by the actuation of a flush cistern that discharges a
predefined volume of water.
It was found that the level of noise caused by the use of a WC flush cistern, regardless of the volume of water discharged (from
4.5 l to 9 l) is the same as the noise produced by a continuous flow of water of 3 l/s. For this reason the values that follow
relate to such a flow that is defined as reference flow.
All the values that follow, that can be taken into consideration for all the Valsir waste and soil systems, are provided only as a guideline.
Figure 2.23 Influence of the waste flow on the level of airborne noise, measurements conducted with De 110 mm vertical waste stack.
Q=16 l/s
+7 +7 dB(A)
+6
Q=12 l/s
+6 dB(A)
+5
Q=10 l/s
+5 dB(A)
+4
Q=8 l/s
+4 dB(A)
Increase/reduction of airborne noise level [dB(A)]
+3
Q=6 l/s
+3 dB(A)
+2
+1 Q=4 l/s
Q=3 l/s
reference +1 dB(A)
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-1 Waste water flow [l/s]
-2
Q=2 l/s
-2 dB(A)
-3
Increase in flow
-4
Increase in noise level
-5
Q=1 l/s
-5 dB(A)
-6
-7
Q=0,5 l/s
-8 dB(A) © 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
-8
36
2.6.4.3 Vertical stack diameter
The diameter of the vertical waste stack also plays a rather important role; with an increase in the pipe diameter, the radiating surface also
increases and consequently so does the noise level. The values shown in the figure relate to a reference flow rate of 3 l/s and represent the
increase or the reduction in the level of noise for a reference stack of diameter 110 mm. An increase in size of the vertical waste stack from
110 mm to 125 mm can lead to an increase in the level of airborne noise of 1 dB(A).
Figure 2.24 Influence of the stack diameter on the level of airborne noise, measurements conducted with a flow rate of 3 l/s.
+5
2
De 200
+5 dB(A)
+4
De 160
+3 dB(A)
+3
De 125
+1 dB(A)
+1
De 110
reference
0
80 100 120 140 160 180
Diameter [mm]
-1
Increase in diameter
De 90 Increase in noise level
-2 dB(A)
-2
-3
De 75
-3,5 dB(A) © 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
-4
Figure 2.25 Influence of the fall height on the level of airborne noise.
h ≥ 12 m
+2 +2 dB(A)
Increase/reduction of airborne noise level [dB(A)]
h=9 m
+2 dB(A)
+1
h=6 m
reference
0
3 6 9 12
Fall height [m]
Increase of height
-1 Increase in noise level
h=3 m
-1 dB(A)
-2
37
2.6.4.5 Stack offset
The creation of a stack deviation composed of two 45° bends on the same measurement floor leads to an increase in airborne noise of
8.5 dB(A) in a polyethylene waste system and 5.5 dB(A) in a Silere waste system.
Figure 2.26 Influence of the stack deviation on the level of airborne noise.
45°
Triplus +7 dB(A)
0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9
Figura 2.27 Influence of the ventilation fitting on the level of airborne noise.
0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9
38
2.6.4.7 Bracketing of the vertical waste stack
The transmission of structure-born noise produced by a waste system depends on numerous factors among which the type of pipework,
the characteristics of the wall onto which the pipe is secured and the bracketing system employed.
The fewer the number of brackets employed for anchoring the pipe, the lower the transmission of structure-born noise. From the tests
conducted in the laboratory, it was revealed that, regardless of the type of waste system used (polyethylene, polypropylene, Triplus, Silere),
going from two clips per floor to one clip per floor, the level of noise is reduced by approximately 2÷3 dB(A).
It is however imperative that brackets with anti-vibration rubber inserts are used to reduce the vibrations transferred from the pipe to the wall.
39
2.7 Developments in Standards
The introduction of the Law 447/1995 for protection against noise pollution contributed to strengthening the commitment to the creation of
techniques and methods that allow the estimation of “the acoustic performance of building techniques” with the aim of reducing the noise
transmitted and received by buildings.
The estimation of passive acoustic requirements is an extremely important subject for project designers that must choose, during the planning
phase, building and installation techniques that meet the limits set by the Decree “Determination of the passive acoustic requirements of
buildings” dated 5 December 1997.
2 The Standard that meets these needs is the UNI EN 12354 Standard “Building acoustics – Estimation of acoustic performance of
buildings from the performance of products” divided into five parts:
■■ Part 1: Airborne sound insulation between rooms.
Each part of the standard proposes calculation methods for the estimation of the acoustic performance of buildings that in some cases are
quite difficult to implement and require specific calculation software.
As for the estimation of the level of noise of installations, the project standard prEN 12354-5 “Building acoustics – Sound levels due
to service equipment” is under development (at the time this handbook was being printed). The aim of this part of the Standard will be
to supply a practical approach to the estimation of the sound level caused by systems and their influence on the acoustic insulation of a
building, supplying some indications on the correct installation methods. The subject is very complex and difficult to deal with analytically
because:
■■ Constructions have an elevated number of structural types.
This document will contain calculation models to estimate the sound pressure level in buildings due to service equipment such as sanitary
installations, loading and discharging of water, mechanical ventilation systems, heating and cooling systems, boilers, lifts, pumps and other
auxiliary service equipment. The final part of the project standard prEN 12354-5 will describe the main systems in buildings, the type of
noise transmitted and calculation examples.
In particular, for waste systems, attempts are being made to implement analytical methods for estimating the levels of sound energy based
on the laboratory measurements carried out in compliance with the UNI EN 14366 Standard.
40
3 Project design of waste systems
and urinals.
■■ Grey waters essentially from residential buildings that are the result of domestic activities or hygienic sanitary fixtures with the exception
The waste system must be divided in order to separate the black and grey waters from atmospheric waters to avoid the risk of saturating
the system in the case of significant rainfalls that would lead to a heavy increase in the flow rate of the waste waters.
showers, incorporated into the fixture in the case of pans and urinals. 3
■■ Waste branches made up principally of horizontal pipes that connect traps with the waste stack.
■■ Waste stacks made up principally of vertical pipes that connect the branches with waste manifolds.
■■ Waste manifolds made up of pipes that are characterised by small gradients as compared with horizontal pipes that collect the water
deriving from the waste stacks to transport it to the sewers. The waste manifolds can be placed underground or suspended from the
Ventilation conduit
Trap
Waste stack
Waste branch
Waste manifold
41
3.2 Traps
The trap is the component that ensures the water seal thus preventing the escape of foul smelling gases into the room. The water seal is
obtained by means of trapping a certain quantity of water that acts as a “water plug” characterised by a certain height defined as “water
guard”. When the sanitary fixture is flushed, the weight of the liquid generates sufficient pressure on the inlet side of the trap to push the
stagnant water toward the exit side of the trap and therefore into the waste branch and in sequence, the waste stack. When the flush has
terminated, the pressure equilibrium between the two sides of the trap is re-established and a new “water plug” is created that ensures
the water seal of the system. The water guard of the trap, in accordance with the European Standard UNI EN 12056, should be no less
than 50 mm in order to ensure the efficiency of the “water plug”, also when the waste system is in use and if pressure or back pressure
is generated inside the system network.
Another important consideration is linked to the fact that the presence of the “water plug” must be guaranteed also when the sanitary
fixture is not in use and when climatic conditions create the gradual evacuation of the water (especially during summer months). With an
average evaporation of the water of approximately 1.5 mm a day, the water seal can thus be guaranteed for about 30 days.
h h
Project design of waste systems
h
h
When a sanitary fixture flushes large quantities into the waste system, phenomena of compression and back pressure are created that
influence the “water plug” in the trap.
These phenomena are caused by the pressure variations Δp that can either be positive (pressure overload) of negative (back pressure):
positive pressures pa + Δp act on the water contained in the trap and push it from the exit side toward the inlet side, negative pressures
pa - Δp suck the water from the inlet side toward the outlet side of the trap. These pressure changes set the “water tap” in the trap in motion
and modify its configuration; if the waste system is not correctly dimensioned, the variations in pressure can be of such an entity as to move
the “water plug” until it has been completely removed thus causing the escape of foul-smelling gas.
pa pa pa +Δp
pa -Δp
pa
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A. © 2010 Valsir S.p.A. © 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
42
3.2.1 Siphonage
Take a look at the system layout indicated in Figure 3.4 When sanitary fixture B is flushed, a “water plug” in the stack is created which
moves downwards thus provoking a pressure that is greater than the atmospheric pressure further down. Such a difference could be such
as to push the water in the trap into fixture C causing the emission of foul-smelling gas into the room; this phenomenon is called siphonage
caused by compression.
Simultaneously the “water plug” generates back pressure in fixture A which, if of a significant entity, sucks the water from the trap thus
eliminating the water seal from the same and in doing so, causing the emission of a foul-smelling gas into room; this phenomenon is called
siphonage caused by aspiration.
Of course these phenomena can be more or less serious and are in general influenced by factors such as:
■■ Insufficient water guard in the trap.
C
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Figure 3.5 Siphonage caused by back pressure (point A) and compression (point C).
.
p.A
S.
ir
als
1 0V
20
©
43
3.2.2 Self-siphonage
Self-siphonage occurs in horizontal waste branches when they are too long or when the trap is too narrow. In this case the phenomenon
is not caused by the “water plug” generated by one of the fixtures but by the flushing of the fixture itself. Self-siphonage may lead to the
removal of the trap seal causing the emission of foul-smelling gas into the room in question. To explain this phenomenon we can see what
happens when attempting to transfer liquid (petrol, oil, wine, etc.) from one container to another with the use of a small diameter tube.
Once all of the liquid has been transferred, no trace of it is left inside the tube and that is exactly what happens inside a waste branch and
the trap of the sanitary fixture. Restrictions on the length of waste branches are defined in the European Standard UNI EN 12056-2 and
are indicated in the chapter on system dimensioning. Self-siphonage is identified when the trap of the fixture being flushed makes a noise
that is similar to human “snoring”. When such a noise is issued from the trap of a fixture not currently in use, then the cause is aspiration
siphonage; compression siphonage on the other hand is identified by a gurgling sound that is generated inside the trap when one of the
fixtures in the system is being used.
3
Project design of waste systems
3.3 Ventilation
The maintenance of the pressure levels inside the waste system network and the elimination of the effects of siphonage are guaranteed by
suitable vent systems of the conduits. Vent systems are made up of pipes connected to the waste system that ensure a flow of air to limit
the variations in pressure and guarantee the silent operation of the sanitary fixtures. During flushing the flow pushes the air in front and
creates a back pressure, this back pressure calls on new air by means of the vent stack.
The European Standard UNI EN 12056 defines different configurations of the vent systems both for the waste stacks and the waste
branches. In practice, it is possible to use numerous alternative solutions to the basic configurations defined by the standard and that offer
numerous variations that are suitable for resolving system requirements.
■■ The primary ventilation system eliminates the effect of aspiration siphonage but not compression siphonage. While the back pressure
above the fixture is compensated for by the inlet of air through the stack vent, the increase in pressure at the base of the stack cannot
be compensated, therefore, other particular configurations in the waste manifold are necessary depending on the number of floors in
the building.
■■ The European Standard UNI EN 12056 requires that the stack vent be no smaller in diameter to the waste stack.
■■ Waste branches must be no longer than 4 m and must have a minimum slope of 1% (for more details refer to the chapter on waste
system dimensioning).
44
Figure 3.7 Waste system with primary ventilation.
It is possible to create ventilation manifolds to which the waste stacks are connected before exiting onto the roof. In this case
dimensioning is carried out by considering the ventilation manifold as a waste manifold with a filling degree of 50%.
It is not recommended to connect more than three waste stacks to the same ventilation manifold.
Ventilation manifold
45
3.3.1.1 Primary ventilation system for up to 2 storeys buildings (h ≤ 4 m)
For buildings with maximum 2 storeys in which the distance between the highest and lowest discharge point is h ≤ 4 m then the fixtures
can be connected directly to the stacks even if the waste manifold is suspended from the ceiling of the underground floor. The functioning
of this type of configuration is guaranteed by the fact that the pressure that is generated at the base of the stack is of such an entity as to
have no effect on the sanitary fixtures connected on the ground floor.
Figure 3.9 Primary ventilation, 2-storey building (h ≤ 4 m), manifold in the pavement of the underground floor.
3 First floor
h≤4m
Project design of waste systems
Ground floor
Figure 3.10 Primary ventilation, 2-storey building (h ≤ 4 m), manifold on the ceiling of the underground floor.
First floor
h≤4m
Underground floor
46
3.3.1.2 Primary ventilation systems for 3 up to 5 storeys buildings (h ≤ 12 m)
For buildings with as many as 5 storeys in which the distance between the highest and lowest fixture is h ≤ 12 m a pressure is generated
that is cancelled at about 3 m in height from the base of the stack. To avoid that the pressure has a negative effect on the fixtures nearest
the stack base, it is necessary to connect them to the waste network in a different manner depending on the position of the manifold.
■■ If the manifold is in the pavement of the underground floor, the fixtures on the ground floor can be connected directly to the stack since the
manifold at over 1 m from the base since, in this case, the pressure that is generated would interfere with their functioning.
Figure 3.11 Primary ventilation, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold in the Figure 3.12 Primary ventilation, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold on
pavement of the underground floor. ceiling of underground floor.
3
Fourth floor Fourth floor
h ≤ 12 m
h ≤ 12 m
≥1m
47
3.3.1.3 Primary ventilation system for buildings with over 5 storeys (h > 12 m)
For buildings with over 5 storeys in which the distance between the highest and the lowest fixture is h > 12 m a pressure is generated that
is then cancelled above 3 m in height from the base of the stack. To prevent the pressure having a negative influence on the fixtures nearest
the stack base it is necessary to connect the latter to the waste manifold by dividing the stack. To aid the ventilation of the second waste
stack it is necessary to connect it to the main stack by means of a piece of pipe-work called “loop vent”. The loop vent guarantees the flow
of air required to limit the pressure differentials inside the second waste stack when one of the fixtures is use.
In any case Valsir recommends a parallel ventilation system in buildings made up of over 5-6 floors.
Figure 3.13 Primary ventilation, building with over 5 storeys (h > 12 m), Figure 3.14 Primary ventilation, building over 5 storeys high (h > 12 m),
manifold in pavement of underground floor. manifold in ceiling of the underground floor.
h > 12 m
h > 12 m
Vent loop
Vent loop
≥2m
Underground floor
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Underground floor
≥2m
48
3.3.2 Waste system with direct and indirect parallel ventilation
This is a system made up of a vent stack that runs parallel to the waste stack. In systems with a direct parallel vent, the vent stack is connected
to the waste stack, in systems with an indirect parallel vent, the vent stack is connected to the waste branches. Again, in this case, the
waste stack is extended to the roof (relief) or it ends in the room with an aeration valve. Depending on the number of floors that need to be
served, the vent stack may have intermediate connections with the waste stack that ensure a sufficient circulation of air within the network.
Characteristics of parallel vent systems:
■■ Not as economical as primary vent systems.
■■ The parallel vent system eliminates the aspiration and compression effect of the traps in that it allows the air to circulate from the base
can be as long as 10 m with minimum gradients of 0.5% (for greater detail refer to the chapter on waste system dimensioning).
3
Figure 3.15 Waste system with parallel vent (direct and indirect).
Figure 3.16 Waste system with parallel vent (direct and indirect) with variations.
Vent stack
Stack relief vent
(direct parallel)
Aeration valve
Vent stack
(indirect parallel)
49
3.3.2.1 Direct parallel vent system for buildings with 3 to 5 storeys (h ≤ 12 m)
For buildings with up to 5 storeys the parallel vent stack is connected near the base of the stack and at the top, at the relief vent. To avoid
the possibility of foam rising, the ground floor must be connected in a different manner depending on the position of the manifold.
■■ If the manifold is in the pavement of the underground floor, the ground floor fixtures can be connected directly to the stack.
■■ If the manifold is attached to the ceiling of the underground floor, then the ground floor fixtures must be connected to the waste manifold
at over 1 m in height from the base to avoid the possibility of foam rising.
Figure 3.17 Direct parallel vent, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold in Figure 3.18 Direct parallel vent, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold in
the pavement of the underground floor. the ceiling of the underground floor.
3
Forth floor Fourth floor
Project design of waste systems
Second floor
Second floor
h ≤ 12 m
h ≤ 12 m
First floor
First floor
≥1m
Underground floor
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A. Underground floor
50
3.3.2.2 Direct parallel vent system for buildings with over 5 storeys (h > 12 m)
For buildings with more than 5 floors the parallel vent stack must be connected on each floor by means of intermediate vent connections.
If there is an elevated number of floors, the use of intermediate connections can be avoided as long as they are made at intervals of at least
every four floors. As with primary vents, again in this case, the fixtures nearest to the base of the stack must be connected to the waste
stack by means of a second stack (division) and to favour the ventilation it is necessary to connect it to the main stack by means of a “vent
loop”. Connection to the manifold must be made at a distance of at least 2 meters from the base of the stack. Also for the fixtures connected
to the second stack, connection to the vent stack by means of intermediate connections is necessary. In chapter 3.5.1 criteria are indicated
for the division of the stack in relation to the number of floors that need to be served.
Figure 3.19 Direct parallel vent, building with over 5 floors (h > 12 m), Figure 3.20 Direct parallel vent, building with over 5 floors (h > 12 m),
manifold in the pavement of the underground floor. manifold in ceiling of the underground floor.
3
Fifth floor Fifth floor
Vent loop
First floor
First floor
Vent loop
Ground floor
Ground floor
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
≥2m
Underground floor
Underground floor
≥2m
51
3.3.2.3 Indirect parallel vent system
The geometrical configuration of the indirect parallel vent stack does not depend on the number of floors; it is connected to the waste
branches and is used when the distance between the most distant fixture and the waste stack exceeds 4 m. This system is employed when
the fixtures are arranged in rows, in buildings such as schools, barracks, etc. In any case, to avoid the rising of foam, the connection of each
floor to the waste stack must observe the criteria as indicated for direct parallel vent systems (see chapter 3.5.1). When the length of the
branches exceeds 10 m it is recommended to use intermediate vents connected halfway along the waste branches (see Figure 3.25).
Figure 3.21 Indirect parallel vent, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold in Figure 3.22 Indirect parallel vent, 3÷5 storey building (h ≤ 12 m), manifold in
the pavement of the underground floor. the ceiling of the underground floor.
h ≤ 12 m h ≤ 12 m
Vent loop
≥1m
52
Figura 3.23 Indirect parallel vent, building with over 5 floors (h > 12 m), Figura 3.24 Indirect parallel vent, building with over 5 floors (h > 12).
manifold in the pavement of the underground floor.
3
Third floor Third floor
≥2m
≥2m
53
Figure 3.25 Indirect parallel vent, intermediate ventilation of the branches with lengths of over 10 m.
3
Project design of waste systems
> 10 m
54
3.3.3 Waste systems with secondary ventilation
This type of system is made up of a vent stack that runs parallel to the waste stack. A ventilation network is connected to the waste stack
and to all of the fixtures by means of a spigot bend or trap (branch ventilation). As with the other systems, the waste stack is extended
to the roof (relief vent) or else ends in the room by means of an aeration valve and as with parallel ventilation systems, depending on the
number of floors to be served, the ventilation stack can have intermediate connections with the waste stack that ensure a better circulation
of the air inside the network.
■■ Suitable where the sanitary fixtures and the stacks are positioned along the same wall in that any windows, doors, openings, spigots,
would compromise the possibility of ventilating the fixtures by connecting them to the vent stack.
■■ A s with the parallel ventilation system it is possible to increase the flow rates of the waste stack by 30-40% as compared with primary
ventilation systems and the flow rates of the branches by 50% (see the chapter on waste system dimensioning).
■■ The European Standard UNI EN 12056 sets a minimum diameter for parallel vent stacks in relation to the diameter of the waste stack
55
3.3.4 Waste systems with ventilation fittings
These are waste systems created with special fittings known as ventilation fittings that do not require the use of the aforesaid parallel or
secondary ventilation systems and that allow the diameter of the vertical waste stack to be reduced with equal flows.
While sizing of the branchings and collector pipes must comply with the methods established by the European Standard UNI EN 12056-2,
calculation of the vertical waste stacks equipped with ventilation fittings, requires the application of special rules that are described in the
chapter that deals with the sizing of waste systems with ventilation fittings.
The characteristics that distinguish systems with ventilation fittings are the following:
■■ This system is particularly suited to very high buildings or where the flow rates and simultaneity coefficients are important (hotels,
■■ It does not require any parallel ventilation, the vertical waste stack is simply extended out onto the roof (as with primary ventilation).
■■ It allows an increase in flow in the waste stack of 45 to 55% as compared with a parallel or secondary ventilation system.
■■ It significantly reduces pressure fluctuations inside the vertical waste stack thanks to the particular shape of the ventilation fitting.
■■ Just two waste stack sizes in relation to the waste water flows: DN 100 (De 110 mm) and DN 150 (De 160 mm).
3
Figure 3.27 Waste system with ventilation fittings.
Project design of waste systems
Ventilation branch
Vent loop
Standard branch
56
Figura 3.28 The two ventilation fitting models manufactured by Valsir.
DN 100
DN 150
(De 110) (De 160)
DN 100
DN 100
(De 110)
(De 110)
DN 70 DN 70
(De 75) (De 75)
57
3
Project design of waste systems
58
Example
Waste system
100 150
with ventilation branch © 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Waste system
60 70 80 90 100 125 150 200
with primary ventilation (1) (2)
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.0
2.6
2.7
3.5
4.0
5.6
5.8
7.1
7.6
8.7
9.5
12.4
16.0
18.1
21.0
Number of floors for residential building with 1 average apartment per floor(3)
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 14 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
(3)
Number of floors for residential building with 2 average apartments per floor
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 14 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
(4)
Number of floors for building such as hotel with 2 average bedrooms per floor
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100
(4)
Number of floors for building such as hotel with 4 average bedrooms for floor
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
maximum number of floors in the buildings in relation to the diameter of the vertical waste stack.
NOTES
(1) DN 100 is the minimum diameter to be guaranteed in the presence of a water closet.
(2) Valid diameters for waste stacks with right angle branches (single or double).
primary or secondary ventilation system the diameter must be 125 mm, while with a system with a ventilation branch the diameter
3.29. Once the project flow has been determined or the number of storeys in the building is known as well as the building type, the waste
Let’s suppose we have a project flow of 7.1 l/s. With a primary ventilation system the diameter of the stack must be 150 mm, with a
To rapidly identify the diameter of the vertical waste stack in relation to the system chosen, it is possible to consult the diagram in Figure
stack diameter to be adopted in relation to the system is rapidly identified: primary ventilation, parallel or secondary ventilation, ventilation
3.4 Waste branches
The waste branches are made up of mainly horizontal pipes that connect the sanitary fixtures to the waste stacks. When installing waste
branches, several basic rules should be observed:
■■ The diameter and the length of the pipes must be such as to guarantee the absence of siphonage and self-siphonage problems. If there
is a risk of such phenomena being generated then a ventilation network should be provided.
■■ The gradient of the branches must be in the direction of the waste flow.
■■ Changes in direction must be minimised and at any rate must be made with a wide radius to avoid slowing down the flow rate of the
waste.
■■ Avoid using diameters that are smaller than the connection to the siphon.
■■ The meeting point of several waste pipes in a branch must be made without the use of 90° angles.
■■ The passage toward greater diameters must be made by employing eccentric reducers and keeping the upper part of the pipes
straight.
For greater detail on project requirements for waste branches refer to the chapter on waste system dimensioning.
Waste stack
59
3.5 Waste stacks
3.5.1 Division of waste stacks
In previous chapters we noted in some cases the necessity of dividing the waste stack whether it is ventilated with a direct, indirect, parallel
or secondary ventilation system. The division of the stack and its height depend on the total number of floors connected to the waste system
and the position of the manifold.
Valsir suggests using the configurations indicated in the following tables, these are not the only solutions but are just some of
the numerous project choices that can be adopted.
In the tables, depending on the number of floors connected to the waste system, it is possible to verify if the stack needs to be divided
and to determine the number of floors that can be connected to the main stack and those that need to be connected to the second stack.
Furthermore, since in some cases even the second stack can reach elevated heights, another division will have to be made.
3 Table 3.1 Configuration of the waste stack with manifold in the pavement of the underground floor.
Number of floors Number of floors
Floors Further division of the
Stack division? connected to the main connected to the
(incl. ground floor) second stack?
stack second stack
3 No 3 0 No
PROjECT DESIGN OF WASTE SYSTEMS
4 No 4 0 No
5 No 5 0 No
6 Yes 5 1 No
7 Yes 6 1 No
8 Yes 7 1 No
9 Yes 7 2 No
10 Yes 8 2 No
11 Yes 9 2 No
12 Yes 9 3 No
13 Yes 10 3 No
14 Yes 11 3 No
15 Yes 11 4 No
16 Yes 12 4 No
17 Yes 13 4 No
18 Yes 13 5 No
19 Yes 14 5 No
20 Yes 15 5 No
21 Yes 15 6 Yes
22 Yes 16 6 Yes
23 Yes 17 6 Yes
24 Yes 17 7 Yes
25 Yes 18 7 Yes
60
Table 3.2 Configuration of the waste stack with manifold on the ceiling of the underground floor.
Number of floors Number of floors
Floors Further division of the
Stack division? connected to the main connected to the
(incl. ground floor) second stack?
stack second stack
3 No 3 0 No
4 No 4 0 No
5 Yes 4 1 No
6 Yes 4 2 No
7 Yes 5 2 No
8 Yes 6 2 No
9 Yes 6 3 No
10 Yes 7 3 No
11 Yes 8 3 No
12 Yes 8 4 No
13 Yes 9 4 No
14 Yes 10 4 No 3
15 Yes 10 5 Yes
16 Yes 11 5 Yes
17 Yes 12 5 Yes
18 Yes 12 6 Yes
Some examples relative to waste systems with direct parallel ventilation are shown in the following figures. The same configurations
are valid for systems with indirect parallel and secondary ventilation. An example made up of 10 floors connected to the waste system
necessitates the division of the stack. If the manifold is laid in the pavement of the ground floor, the 8 highest floors are connected to the
main waste stack while the last 2 floors are connected to the second stack. In this case, the intermediate connections to the vent stack can
be made every 2-3 floors. If the manifold is attached to the ceiling of the underground floor, the number of floors connected to the second
stack increases to 3, due to the increased risk of foam rising.
Figure 3.32 Example of system with 10 floors with direct parallel ventilation (manifold in pavement and on ceiling).
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
61
A building made up of 14 floors connected to the waste system also requires the main stack to be divided. If the manifold is laid in the
pavement of the underground floor, the 11 highest floors are connected to the main stack while the last 3 are connected to the second
stack. The intermediate connections to the vent stack can be made every 2-3 floors. If the manifold is on the ceiling of the underground floor
then 10 floors must be connected to the main stack, while the remaining 4 floors must be connected to the second stack.
Figura 3.33 Example of system with 14 floors with direct parallel ventilation (manifold in pavement and ceiling).
14 14
13 13
3 12 12
11 11
Project design of waste systems
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
Finally, let us consider a building made up of 20 floors connected to the waste system. If the manifold is laid in the pavement of the
underground floor then the last 14 floors must be connected to the main stack while the remaining 6 must be connected to the second
stack. We have a different configuration if the manifold is on the ceiling of the underground floor, the main stack is connected to the last 14
floors while the remaining 6 must be connected to the secondary stack. It is necessary, however, to divide the stack by moving the first two
floors to another independent stack. In this case, it is possible to create the intermediate connections to the ventilation every 4 floors.
62
Figure 3.34 Example of 20-storey building with direct parallel ventilation (manifold in pavement and ceiling).
20 20
19 19
18 18
17 17
16 16
3
15 15
14 14
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
63
3.5.2 Waste stack deviation
Where, for reasons of space or building configuration, it is Figure 3.35 Deviation of the waste stack under 1 m.
necessary to made deviations of the stack, these must respect
some fundamental requirements:
■■ The deviation must be no greater than 1 m so that in the oblique
piece the flow does not undergo accelerations that would create DN
noise caused by the impact against the stack near the change in
direction.
■■ The bends used to create the deviation must be no greater than
Ref. A
45°; the use of bends with bigger angles would increase the Ref. A
noise in proximity to the change in direction.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
≤ 1m
DN
45°
45°
3
Project design of waste systems
If the deviation of a stack with a diameter of DN1 requires changes Figure 3.36 Deviations of the waste stack greater than 1 m and direction
in direction greater than 45° or horizontal pieces longer than 1 m, changes greater than 45°.
then the following restrictions will have to be observed:
■■ The horizontal section must be dimensioned like a waste
■■ The stack lying below must have a diameter of DN2 at least equal
> 1m
to the waste manifold.
DN2
> 45°
DN2
Stack deviations can also be used as systems for decelerating the Figure 3.37 Deceleration by means of stack deviation.
waste flow in order to reduce the levels of noise in the system.
In this case the deviation of the stack must be re-established in Ref. A
a short piece bringing the waste stack in axis. The pipe-work for
decelerating must be carried out by using:
2 x 45°
■■ 45°bends.
2 DN
2 x 45°
■■ A vertical section with a length equal to 2 times the nominal
64
3.5.3 Connections to the stacks
The type of attachment chosen for connecting the branches to the stack not only influences the waste flow rates but also the noise level
of the system. Connection to the stack can be made with a square branch or an angle branch and the choice must be made by keeping in
mind the following considerations.
3
Solution A Solution B Solution C
Solution A The square branch, characterised by connection angles between 87° and 88.5°, is the most recommended solution in
Solution B The angle branch, characterised by smaller angles than the square branch (for example 45°), even though it enables higher
flow rates (about 30% greater) is not recommended in that it limits the circulation of air and increases the level of noise. In
fact the flow is accelerated and hits the vertical walls of the stack in the emission area. This solution, furthermore, is more
expensive than the previous solution in that it requires the use of a 45° bend.
Solution C If possible, reduced angle branches should be excluded since there is the risk of hydraulic closure in the emission zone with
consequent aspiration of the siphons connected to the branching. Again in this case the flow is accelerated in the oblique
section causing an increase in the noise level due the flow hitting against the walls of the stack.
65
3.5.4 Configuration of the stack base
The base of the stack is the point in which the waste flow undergoes a sudden change in direction passing from the stack to the manifold.
At this point pressure overloads and elevated noise levels can be generated if it is not properly arranged. The base of the stack can be made
in different ways, with a 90° bend or else with two 45° bends. It can be sunk in the concrete or else it can cross the floor without coming
into contact with the concrete, in any case there are recommended solutions and solutions that, on the other hand, should be avoided.
Figure 3.39 Different solutions for stack base not laid in concrete.
2
DN
Solution A Solution B Solution C
Solution A This solution should be avoided in that the pressure generated and the level of noise reach the highest values. From a
technical point of view, this is a very simply solution but there is also a high risk of siphonage.
Solution B The deviation is made by means of two 45° bends installed consecutively, this solution allows the reduction of pressure
overload and noise levels but it should be used only where there are problems of space.
Solution C This is the most suitable configuration. It is made by placing a section of pipe with a length that is two times the nominal
diameter of the stack, between the two 45° bends. This solution greatly reduces the pressure overloads and it is
characterised by noise levels that are lower than solution A, by at least 30%.
Solution D, E, F In these configurations the foot of the stack is completely embedded in the concrete. Obviously the pressure levels inside
the stack do not change as compared to the cases already seen, whereas the noise level is significantly reduced thanks
to the dampening effect of the concrete (elevated mass). The noise level of these configurations is reduced by about
70 to 80% as compared with the previous cases; solution F therefore reaches noise levels that are 80 to 90% lower as
compared with those of solution A.
66
If it is necessary to connect sanitary fixtures beyond the base of the stack, then connections should be made at a distance of at least 10
times the nominal diameter of the pipe to avoid the negative effect of pressure fluctuations on the traps.
10 DN
67
3.5.5 Configuration of the stack relief vent
The vent stacks terminate above the roof by means of aeration terminals (aerators) that are arranged in such a way as to prevent rain water
entering the stack and to facilitate the inlet of air. The aeration terminal must have a distance L from the roof of at least 30 cm, which in
snowy areas must be suitably increased. If the stack exits onto a terrace then the distance L from the surface must be at least 200 cm.
Figure 3.42 Ventilation terminal. Figure 3.43 Installation of the terminal on the roof.
L
L
3
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Project design of waste systems
If it is not possible to exit onto the roof, then a particular aeration valve must be used that is equipped with a membrane that prevents foul-
smelling gas to escape but also allows air to enter the system.
68
3.6 Waste manifolds
The waste manifolds are made up of horizontal pipes that are surface-mounted inside the building (for example on the ceiling of the garage)
or else in the ground to which the waste stacks are connected and possibly the sanitary fixtures on the ground floor.
In designing the waste manifolds, besides observing the requirements set by UNI EN 12056 and dealt with in the chapter on waste system
dimensioning, also the following aspects should not be overlooked:
■■ The lay-out of the waste manifold must be chosen in relation to the building structure and keeping in mind any obstacles of an architectural
nature.
■■ If the conduits cross through structural parts of the building it is recommended to make a hole that is larger than the diameter of the
conduit to avoid the natural movements of the ground caused by the weight of the building having a negative effect on or damaging the
conduits. Pipes made of plastic are, in fact, ideal in these conditions due to their excellent elasticity.
■■ The pipes that make up the manifold must be as straight as possible and the bends must be made with a wide radius and avoiding 90°
angles.
■■ The flow must guarantee a speed (minimum 0.6 m/s) that will prevent the formation of deposits and therefore the gradient values must
■■ The diameter of the manifold must be no smaller than the diameter of the biggest section of the stack that leads into it.
3
Figure 3.46 Waste manifold.
69
3.7 General rules for connections
Some general rules should be observed when creating connections within waste systems, for example, when connecting branch pipes to
waste stacks or waste stacks to waste collector pipes.
A fixture can be connected directly to a waste stack with a tract gradient of 45°, or 60°, as long as the distance between the fixture and
the waste stack does not exceed 1 m and after the connection there are no other joints for at least 0.5 m.
<1m
45°÷60°
When sloping tracts (15°, 30° or 45°) are used as direction changes in stacks, the transition must not exceed 1 m and after the connection
there must be no other joints for at least 0.5 m.
<1m
15°÷45°
Joint-free zone
≥ 0.5 m
70
Near stack offsets greater than 1 m (constructed with horizontal tracts), such as, for example, the stack base, connections are to be avoided
in the zones indicated in the following illustrations. The extension of such zones depends on the height of the stack, or the number of floors
of the building.
For stacks that drain up to 5 floors where the distance between the highest drainage point and lowest drainage point is h ≤ 12 m, the joint-
free zones are 1 m above and 1 m below the stack base and 0.5 m below return into the stack.
Figure 3.49 Connections near stack offsets greater than 1 m in stacks that drain up to 5 floors (h ≤ 12 m).
h ≤ 12 m
>1m
≥1m
3
≥1m
71
For stacks that drain over 5 floors where the distance between the highest drainage point and the lowest drainage point is h > 12 m, the
joint-free zones are 2 m above and below the stack base and 0.5 m below return into the stack.
Figure 3.50 Connection near stack offsets greater than 1 m in stacks that drain over 5 floors (h > 12 m) – Case 1.
h > 12 m
>1m
≥2m
3
Joint-free zone Joint-free zone
≥2m
0.5 m
Project design of waste systems
Figure 3.51 Connection near stack offset greater than 1 m in stacks that drain over 5 floors (h > 12 m) – Case 2.
h > 12 m
>1m
≥2m
Joint-free zone
Joint-free zone ≥2m
0.5 m
72
3.8 Access fittings
In order to flush and clean the waste network, it is necessary to provide suitable access fittings positioned in areas that are easily
accessible. The opening of the access fitting must be suitably sized and in any case, must be no smaller than the waste pipe diameter and
the space surrounding the fitting must guarantee ease of use of the instruments necessary in cleaning operations.
Figure 3.52 Access fittings. Figure 3.53 Access trap (Firenze trap).
■■ On linear conduits, every 15 m for pipes up to DN 100 and every 30 m for pipes over DN 100.
■■ At the end of the internal waste system by means of an access trap (Figure 3.60 e 3.62).
Accessible trap
73
3.9 Brackets
3.9.1 Preliminary considerations
All materials are subject to expansion or contraction caused by an increase or decrease in temperature. Plastic materials are characterised
by the most elevated variations in length as compared with other materials such as steel or cast iron but on the other hand they react better
if such variations are restricted, such as with pipes that are laid in concrete.
L - ΔL
3
L
Project design of waste systems
+ΔT
L + ΔL
The variation in length ΔL of a pipe of length L due to a variation in temperature ΔT between the installation temperature of the pipe and
the current temperature is given by:
L= L T [3.1]
= E T [3.2]
74
Plastic pipes (such as polyethylene, polypropylene, Silere) have elevated thermal expansion coefficients and therefore, undergo elevated
variations in length but the stress that is generated in the wall of the pipe, preventing it from expanding or contracting, is very low.
The plastic pipes can, therefore, be completely covered with concrete without them being damaged by stress that is generated within their
structure when they are subject to temperature fluctuations.
The effects of thermal expansion and contraction of plastic materials influences the installation methods of waste systems that require
different rules depending on the type of anchoring to be used:
■■ Free
anchoring. This installation is adopted for surface-mounted pipes that are either suspended from the ceiling or anchored to the
walls. This type of anchoring can be carried out by means of expansion sleeves or else by means of compensation systems with flexible
clips.
■■ Rigid anchoring. This installation is adopted for pipes laid in concrete or else for pipes installed with fixed point pipe clips.
100
ene
riplu
ne
pyl
90
e-T
yle
o
eth
ypr
Siler
ly
Pol
Po
80
60
50
40
30
20
10
Example 1
Calculate the linear thermal expansion for a 6 m long polyethylene pipe laid at a temperature of 15°C and subjected to a maximum
working temperature of 55°C.
The same result can be obtained from the diagram in Figure 3.57. If it were a Silere pipe then expansion would be reduced by half:
Example 2
If the same pipe in the previous example were subjected to a working temperature of -10°C,what would the maximum contraction be?
75
3.9.2 Free anchoring
Figure 3.58 Expansion sleeve (polyethylene). Figure 3.59 Sockets of push-fit systems (polypropylene, Silere, Triplus).
3
20° 0°
In the following tables the distances to be observed both for fixed point and guide clips are suggested, in any case the distances of the clips
are characterised by the following rules:
■■ Sections of pipe or branches that are laid in concrete act as fixed points.
■■ For horizontal conduits (manifolds) the distance between the clips must be 10 times the external diameter of the pipe with a maximum
of 2 m.
■■ For vertical conduits (stacks) the distance between the clips must be 15 times the external diameter of the pipe with a maximum of 3 m
and in any case at least one guide clip for each floor.
To allow for soundproofing levels of the Triplus and Silere waste systems, the use of Valsir soundproofing clips is required.
si rS
Val
10
© 20
76
Dil Expansion sleeve.
Pf Fixed point.
Ps Guide point.
LPf Distance between two consecutive fixed points.
LPs Distance between two consecutive guide points.
Ps Pf Ps Ps Pf
Dil
LPs LPs
LPf
Table 3.4 Distances for clips for anchoring to ceiling by means of expansion sleeves or sockets.
77
Figure 3.62 Wall anchoring by means of expansion sleeves or sockets.
Pf
Ps
LPs LPf
Ps
Dil
Pf
Project design of waste systems
Ps
Table 3.5 Distances of clips for wall anchoring by means of expansion sleeves or sockets.
50 1.0
63 1.0
75 1.1
90 1.4 A fixed point is made at every expansion
110 1.7 sleeve or every socket.
For electro-fusion polyethylene systems the
125 1.9 maximum distance is 6 meters whereas for
160 2.4 push-fit systems it is 3 meters.
200 3.0
250 3.0
315 3.0
78
3.9.2.2 Pipe support by means of a flexible arm
Pipe support by means of a flexible arm takes advantage of the flexing capacity of the pipe to absorb the variations in length, thus avoiding
the employment of expansion sleeves; it is, therefore, a suitable method for polyethylene waste systems, for which the connections must
be welded.
Anchoring with a flexible arm enables compensation of the variation in length ΔL [mm] of a pipe length L by means of flexing a section of
the perpendicular conduit of length LBf.
The length of the flexible arm LBf is given by the following equation:
L De
L Bf = [3.7]
100
As the flexible arm is itself subject to variations in length, the section of pipework L must be capable of absorbing them. The section
of pipework L that is free of brackets and acts as a compensator must have a length of HBf calculated by using the same equation but
considering the length to be compensated as LBf.
3
L3Bf
HBf = [3.8]
L
The brackets must observe the distances seen previously and employed for the anchoring by means of expansion sleeves or sockets.
Pf
LBf
Pf Ps Ps Ps
ΔLBf
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
L ΔL
79
Figure 3.64 Length of flexible arm.
Pipe diameter De [mm] Pipe lenght L [m]
10 9 8 7
2.5
315
6
250 5
4
2.0 200
3
160
135 2
Lenght of flexible arm LBf [m]
125
1.5 110
90
1
78
75
63
58
1.0 50
40
32
3 0.5
Example 3
Calculate the length of the flexible arm of a polyethylene pipe De 110 mm, 6 m in length, subject to a variation in temperature of +50°C.
L= L T = 0.2 6 50 = 60 mm [3.9]
60 110
L Bf = = 0.81 m [3.10]
100
0,813
H
Bf = = 0.29 m [3.11]
6
80
3.9.3 Rigid anchoring
50 0.8
63 0.8 3
75 0.8
90 0.9
110 1.1
Pf
LPf
Pf
LPf
Pf Pf Pf Pf Pf Pf
81
3.9.3.2 Installation in concrete
The pipework can be laid directly in the concrete and a typical situation is that of the waste branches, for example inside the bathroom.
Unlike metal conduits, the elevated elasticity of the plastic material allows the complete absorption of the stress that is generated in the
pipe due to fluctuations in temperature.
When laying pipes directly in concrete work, several simple suggestions should be kept in consideration:
■■ The sockets should be covered with paper or plastic film to avoid, for example, concrete entering the pipe during installation.
■■ Small diameter deviations (for example reduced branches) should be covered with paper or insulated in such a way as to absorb the
dimensional variations; the forces that are generated could be of an elevated entity and could unload onto the deviation itself.
■■ The discharge network should be anchored, if possible, to avoid movement of the same and hence loosening of the pipes or fittings from
Insulation
Project design of waste systems
82
4 Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
4.1 Introduction
The standard that regulates the dimensioning of gravity waste systems inside buildings is the European Standard UNI EN 12056 composed
of five parts. This standard is applied to systems for discharge of waste water operating by gravity inside buildings for residential, industrial,
commercial, institutional and industrial use. The standard describes the main systems but does not deal with them in detail due to the
complexity and vast nature of the system configurations in existence today. Part 2 of the standard, that will be dealt with in this chapter,
establishes the principles to follow for project design and calculation.
The standard classifies the system into four types, which are in turn divided by the type of ventilation adopted. The type suggested by Valsir
and adopted by the greater part of European countries among which, Germany, Switzerland, Ireland, is the “waste system with single waste
stack and partially full waste branches”. In this case the sanitary fixtures are connected to the waste branches that are dimensioned for a
filling degree equal to 0.5 (50%).
The dimensioning process of a waste system can be divided up into the following phrases:
■■ Calculation of the flow rates in relation to the drainage units of the sanitary fixtures connected.
■■ Determination of the diameters of branches that connect the sanitary fixtures to the waste stacks.
In the following paragraphs the waste flows will be based on the nominal diameters of the pipework; the European Standard UNI EN 12056
establishes a correlation between the nominal diameters and the minimum internal diameters, this enables us to define a corresponding 4
table for the various product lines manufactured by Valsir:
Table 4.1 Correspondence between nominal diameters and external diameters of the waste pipe for different product lines.
De [mm]
where:
Qww is the flow rate of the waste waters caused by sanitary fixtures [l/s],
Q c is the continuous flow rate [l/s]],
Q p is the pumping flow rate [l/s].
83
If the system does not have continuous flow rates or waste water pumps, then the total flow rate for each section of the waste system is
given exclusively by the flow rate of the sanitary fixtures and therefore the previous equation becomes:
Q tot = Q ww [4.2]
The waste flow of the waste waters Qww in a section of the system is not the algebraic sum of the flows of all of the sanitary fixtures that
lead into that section, but it is obtained by means of a simple formula that takes account of the factor of contemporary use of the fixtures.
In a building it is reasonable to assume that not all of the sanitary fixtures will be discharged contemporarily, therefore, the flows that
are flushed into the waste system are less than the algebraic sum of the flows of the single fixtures. The levels of simultaneous use
obviously depend on the type of building: a household has a usage frequency of the sanitary fixtures that is lower than that of hospitals or
restaurants.
The formula for calculating the flow rate of the waste waters in relation to the type of building is the following:
Q ww = K DU [4.3]
where:
K is the factor of contemporary use (or frequency factor) defined in the table that follows.
∑DU is the sum of the drainage units of the sanitary fixtures that flow in that section of the system.
The drainage unit DU (Drainage Unit) is the average flow rate of a sanitary fixture expressed in litres per second [l/s].
It is important to remember that the value Qww must correspond, minimum, to the flow rate of the sanitary fixtures with the biggest drainage
unit.
4 Table 4.2 Coefficient of contemporary use as a function of use and type of building.
With the following diagram or table it is possible to identify the flow rate of the waste waters as a function of the coefficient of contemporary
use and the sum of the drainage units of the sanitary fixtures that flow in the section of the system.
Figure 4.1 Flow rate of waste waters in relation to the coefficient of contemporary use and the sum of the drainage units.
10
25
K=1.2
9
K=1.2
8 K=1.0 20
7 K=1.0
Flow rate of waste waters Qww [l/s]
6
15
K=0.7
5 K=0.7
4 K=0.5 10
K=0.5
3
2 5
84
Table 4.3 Flow rate of waste waters in relation to the coefficient of contemporary use and the sum of the drainage units.
Qww [l/s] Qww [l/s]
∑ DU [l/s] ∑ DU [l/s]
K = 0.5 K = 0.7 K=1 K = 1.2 K = 0.5 K = 0.7 K=1 K = 1.2
1.0 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 65 4.0 5.6 8.1 9.7
1.2 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.3 70 4.2 5.9 8.4 10.0
1.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.4 75 4.3 6.1 8.7 10.4
1.6 0.6 0.9 1.3 1.5 80 4.5 6.3 8.9 10.7
1.8 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.6 85 4.6 6.5 9.2 11.1
2.0 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.7 90 4.7 6.6 9.5 11.4
2.5 0.8 1.1 1.6 1.9 95 4.9 6.8 9.7 11.7
3.0 0.9 1.2 1.7 2.1 100 5.0 7.0 10.0 12.0
3.5 0.9 1.3 1.9 2.2 110 5.2 7.3 10.5 12.6
4.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.4 120 5.5 7.7 11.0 13.1
4.5 1.1 1.5 2.1 2.5 130 5.7 8.0 11.4 13.7
5.0 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.7 140 5.9 8.3 11.8 14.2
6.0 1.2 1.7 2.4 2.9 150 6.1 8.6 12.2 14.7
8.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 3.4 160 6.3 8.9 12.6 15.2
10 1.6 2.2 3.2 3.8 170 6.5 9.1 13.0 15.6
12 1.7 2.4 3.5 4.2 180 6.7 9.4 13.4 16.1
14 1.9 2.6 3.7 4.5 190 6.9 9.6 13.8 16.5
16 2.0 2.8 4.0 4.8 200 7.1 9.9 14.1 17.0
18 2.1 3.0 4.2 5.1 220 7.4 10.4 14.8 17.8
20 2.2 3.1 4.5 5.4 240 7.7 10.8 15.5 18.6 4
25 2.5 3.5 5.0 6.0 260 8.1 11.3 16.1 19.3
30 2.7 3.8 5.5 6.6 280 8.4 11.7 16.7 20.1
35 3.0 4.1 5.9 7.1 300 8.7 12.1 17.3 20.8
The Standard proposes the values for the drainage units DU for various types of sanitary fixtures for domestic use; these values must be
considered if there is no information on hand regarding the products that will actually be installed.
Table 4.4 Typical flow rates for various types of sanitary fixtures (domestic).
Washbasin 0.5
Bidet 0.5
Shower without plug 0.6
Shower with plug 0.8
Urinal with cistern 0.8
Urinal with flush valve 0.5
Wall urinal 0.2
Bathtub 0.8
Kitchen sink 0.8
Dishwasher (domestic) 0.8
Washing machine, max. load 6 kg 0.8
Washing machine, max. load 12 kg 1.5
WC with 6 l cistern 2.0
WC with 7.5 l cistern 2.0
WC with 9 l cistern 2.5
Floor drain DN 50 0.8
Floor drain DN 70 1.5
Floor drain DN 100 2.0
85
4.3 Dimensioning of waste branches
The dimensioning of the waste branches depends on whether there is a ventilation system for the branch itself. The Standard establishes
not just the nominal diameters in relation to the waste flow but also the restrictions on the geometry of the branches.
Fitting bend
Characteristic Restriction
Branch length (between the trap attachment and the waste stack) L≤4m
Difference in height (between the trap attachment and the horizontal section) H≤1m
Minimum gradient of the horizontal section 1%
Maximum number of 90° bends (excluding the trap bend attachment) 3
The maximum flow rates allowed in relation to the nominal diameters are indicated in the following table.
Table 4.6 Maximum flow rates and nominal diameters of the branches without vents.
86
4.3.2 Dimensioning of ventilated braches
In the case of ventilated branches the geometrical restrictions and the characteristics specified in Figure 4.2 are reduced to the values
indicated in the table.
Characteristic Restriction
Branch length (between the trap attachment and the waste stack) L ≤ 10 m
Difference in height (between the trap attachment and the horizontal section) H≤3m
Minimum gradient of the horizontal section 0.5%
Maximum number of 90° bends (excluding the trap bend attachment) No restriction
The following table indicates the maximum flow rate allowed in relation to the nominal diameters and the minimum diameters required for
the vent pipe of the branch.
Table 4.8 Maximum flows and nominal diameters of the branches and vent pipes.
Branch DN Max flow rate Qmax [l/s] Vent DN Typical sanitary fixture
87
4.4 Dimensioning of the waste stack
The diameter of the waste stack is chosen as a function of the type of vent adopted (primary, parallel, secondary) and the type of fitting
used for attachment to the stack (square branch or angle branch).
Table 4.9 Flow rates of the waste stack with primary ventilation.
Max. flow rate Qmax [l/s]
Waste stack and relief vent*
DN Square branch Angle branch
60 0.5 0.7
70 1.5 2.0
80 2.0 2.6
90 2.7 3.5
100** 4.0 5.2
125 5.8 7.6
150 9.5 12.4
200 16.0 21.0
4 * Waste stack relief vent is the extension of the waste stack above the highest branch attachment. The extension must have the same diameter as the waste stack.
** Minimum dimension allowed if waste water from at least one WC flows through the branch.
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
88
4.4.2 Dimensioning of stacks with parallel or secondary ventilation
The diameter of the waste and vent stack depends on the flow to be discharged and the type of fitting used for attachment of the branch
to the stack.
Table 4.10 Flow rate of the waste stack with parallel or secondary ventilation.
Max. flow rate Qmax [l/s]
Waste stack DN Vent stack DN
Square branch Angle branch
60 50 0.7 0.9
70 50 2.0 2.6
80 50 2.6 3.4
90 50 3.5 4.6
100* 50 5.6 7.3
125 70 7.6 10.0
150 80 12.4 18.3
200 100 21.0 27.3
* Minimum dimension allowed if waste water from at least one WC flows through the branch.
The dimensions of the vent stack must be increased if the length of the conduits or the number of bends is elevated; in this 4
case Valsir suggests increasing the diameters indicated by the UNI EN 12056 Standard by adopting the dimensions indicated
in the following table.
■■ Determination of the diameters of the branches connecting the sanitary fixtures to the waste stacks.
■■ Verification of flow rates that can be discharged and, if necessary, the division of the system into more than one waste stack.
The verification phase of the waste stacks involves comparing the maximum flow rates that can be discharged by the system (8.7 l/s for
stack diameters DN 100 and 18.1 l/s for stack diameters DN 150) with those required. Furthermore, the restrictions on geometry and flow
rates as defined in the chapter dedicated to project design, must be kept in consideration.
89
4.5 Dimensioning of waste manifolds
The waste manifolds are dimensioned in relation to the flow to be discharged, the gradient of the conduit and the filling degree to be
achieved. The formula that can be applied for the calculation are quite a lot, in the diagrams and in the following tables the Chézy-Bazin
formula was used with a roughness coefficient of about 0.16 m1/2 (corresponding to an equivalent roughness of 1 mm as suggested by the
European Standard UNI EN 12056)*.
To use the tables and the diagram take a look at the examples at the end of this chapter.
Table 4.12 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=0.5 (50%).
0.5 0.4 0.8 0.4 1.0 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.6 0.6 5.3 0.7 9.9 0.8 13.6 0.9 18.2 1.0 33.9
1.0 0.5 1.2 0.6 1.4 0.7 2.4 0.7 3.7 0.9 7.5 1.1 14.0 1.1 19.3 1.2 25.7 1.5 48.0
1.5 0.7 1.5 0.7 1.7 0.8 2.9 0.9 4.5 1.1 9.1 1.3 17.2 1.4 23.6 1.5 31.4 1.8 58.8
4 2.0 0.8 1.7 0.8 1.9 0.9 3.3 1.0 5.2 1.3 10.6 1.5 19.8 1.6 27.3 1.7 36.3 2.1 67.8
2.5 0.9 1.9 0.9 2.2 1.0 3.7 1.2 5.9 1.4 11.8 1.7 22.2 1.8 30.5 2.0 40.6 2.3 75.8
3.0 0.9 2.1 1.0 2.4 1.1 4.1 1.3 6.4 1.5 12.9 1.8 24.3 2.0 33.4 2.1 44.5 2.5 83.1
3.5 1.0 2.2 1.1 2.6 1.2 4.4 1.4 6.9 1.7 14.0 2.0 26.2 2.1 36.1 2.3 48.0 2.7 89.7
4.0 1.1 2.4 1.1 2.8 1.3 4.7 1.5 7.4 1.8 14.9 2.1 28.0 2.3 38.6 2.5 51.3 2.9 95.9
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
4.5 1.1 2.5 1.2 2.9 1.4 5.0 1.6 7.8 1.9 15.8 2.2 29.7 2.4 40.9 2.6 54.5 3.1 101.8
5.0 1.2 2.7 1.3 3.1 1.5 5.3 1.6 8.3 2.0 16.7 2.4 31.4 2.6 43.2 2.8 57.4 3.2 107.3
Table 4.13 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=0.6 (60%).
0.5 0.4 1.1 0.4 1.3 0.5 2.3 0.6 3.5 0.7 7.1 0.8 13.4 0.9 18.4 0.9 24.5 1.1 45.7
1.0 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.9 0.7 3.2 0.8 5.0 1.0 10.1 1.1 18.9 1.2 26.0 1.3 34.6 1.6 64.6
1.5 0.7 2.0 0.7 2.3 0.9 3.9 1.0 6.1 1.2 12.4 1.4 23.2 1.5 31.9 1.6 42.4 1.9 79.1
2.0 0.8 2.3 0.9 2.6 1.0 4.5 1.1 7.1 1.4 14.3 1.6 26.8 1.7 36.8 1.9 49.0 2.2 91.3
2.5 0.9 2.6 1.0 3.0 1.1 5.1 1.3 7.9 1.5 16.0 1.8 29.9 2.0 41.2 2.1 54.7 2.5 102.1
3.0 1.0 2.8 1.1 3.2 1.2 5.5 1.4 8.7 1.7 17.5 2.0 32.8 2.1 45.1 2.3 60.0 2.7 111.9
3.5 1.1 3.0 1.1 3.5 1.3 6.0 1.5 9.4 1.8 18.9 2.1 35.4 2.3 48.7 2.5 64.8 2.9 120.8
4.0 1.2 3.2 1.2 3.7 1.4 6.4 1.6 10.0 1.9 20.2 2.3 37.9 2.5 52.1 2.7 69.2 3.1 129.2
4.5 1.2 3.4 1.3 4.0 1.5 6.8 1.7 10.6 2.0 21.4 2.4 40.2 2.6 55.3 2.8 73.4 3.3 137.0
5.0 1.3 3.6 1.4 4.2 1.6 7.2 1.8 11.2 2.2 22.6 2.5 42.3 2.8 58.2 3.0 77.4 3.5 144.4
90
Table 4.14 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=0.7 (70%).
0.5 0.4 1.4 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.8 0.6 4.4 0.7 8.9 0.8 16.7 0.9 23.0 1.0 30.6 1.2 57.0
1.0 0.6 2.0 0.6 2.3 0.7 4.0 0.8 6.3 1.0 12.6 1.2 23.7 1.3 32.5 1.4 43.2 1.6 80.6
1.5 0.8 2.5 0.8 2.9 0.9 4.9 1.0 7.7 1.2 15.5 1.5 29.0 1.6 39.8 1.7 52.9 2.0 98.7
2.0 0.9 2.9 0.9 3.3 1.0 5.7 1.2 8.9 1.4 17.9 1.7 33.5 1.8 46.0 2.0 61.1 2.3 113.9
2.5 1.0 3.2 1.0 3.7 1.2 6.3 1.3 9.9 1.6 20.0 1.9 37.4 2.0 51.4 2.2 68.3 2.6 127.4
3.0 1.1 3.5 1.1 4.1 1.3 7.0 1.4 10.9 1.7 21.9 2.1 41.0 2.2 56.3 2.4 74.9 2.8 139.6
3.5 1.2 3.8 1.2 4.4 1.4 7.5 1.6 11.7 1.9 23.6 2.2 44.3 2.4 60.9 2.6 80.9 3.1 150.7
4.0 1.2 4.1 1.3 4.7 1.5 8.0 1.7 12.6 2.0 25.3 2.4 47.3 2.6 65.1 2.8 86.4 3.3 161.1
4.5 1.3 4.3 1.4 5.0 1.6 8.5 1.8 13.3 2.1 26.8 2.5 50.2 2.7 69.0 3.0 91.7 3.5 170.9
5.0 1.4 4.5 1.4 5.2 1.7 9.0 1.9 14.0 2.3 28.2 2.7 52.9 2.9 72.7 3.1 96.6 3.6 180.2
Table 4.15 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=0.8 (80%).
Table 4.16 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=0.9 (90%).
0.5 0.4 1.8 0.5 2.1 0.5 3.6 0.6 5.7 0.7 11.4 0.8 21.3 0.9 29.3 1.0 38.9 1.2 72.5
1.0 0.6 2.6 0.6 3.0 0.7 5.1 0.8 8.0 1.0 16.1 1.2 30.1 1.3 41.4 1.4 55.0 1.6 102.6
1.5 0.8 3.2 0.8 3.7 0.9 6.3 1.0 9.8 1.2 19.7 1.5 36.9 1.6 50.7 1.7 67.4 2.0 125.6
2.0 0.9 3.7 0.9 4.2 1.1 7.2 1.2 11.3 1.4 22.7 1.7 42.6 1.8 58.6 2.0 77.8 2.3 145.1
2.5 1.0 4.1 1.0 4.7 1.2 8.1 1.3 12.6 1.6 25.4 1.9 47.6 2.1 65.5 2.2 87.0 2.6 162.2
3.0 1.1 4.5 1.1 5.2 1.3 8.9 1.5 13.8 1.8 27.9 2.1 52.2 2.2 71.7 2.4 95.3 2.8 177.7
3.5 1.2 4.8 1.2 5.6 1.4 9.6 1.6 15.0 1.9 30.1 2.2 56.4 2.4 77.5 2.6 103.0 3.1 191.9
4.0 1.2 5.2 1.3 6.0 1.5 10.2 1.7 16.0 2.0 32.2 2.4 60.3 2.6 82.8 2.8 110.1 3.3 205.2
4.5 1.3 5.5 1.4 6.3 1.6 10.8 1.8 17.0 2.1 34.1 2.5 63.9 2.8 87.9 3.0 116.7 3.5 217.6
5.0 1.4 5.8 1.4 6.7 1.7 11.4 1.9 17.9 2.3 36.0 2.7 67.4 2.9 92.6 3.1 123.1 3.7 229.4
91
Table 4.17 Velocity and flow of the waste pipes in relation to the gradient and for a filling degree h/Di=1.0 (100%).
0.5 0.4 1.7 0.4 1.9 0.5 3.3 0.5 5.2 0.6 10.6 0.7 19.8 0.8 27.3 0.9 36.3 1.0 67.8
1.0 0.5 2.4 0.6 2.8 0.7 4.7 0.7 7.4 0.9 14.9 1.1 28.0 1.1 38.6 1.2 51.3 1.5 95.9
1.5 0.7 2.9 0.7 3.4 0.8 5.8 0.9 9.1 1.1 18.3 1.3 34.3 1.4 47.3 1.5 62.9 1.8 117.5
2.0 0.8 3.4 0.8 3.9 0.9 6.7 1.0 10.5 1.3 21.1 1.5 39.7 1.6 54.6 1.7 72.6 2.1 135.7
2.5 0.9 3.8 0.9 4.4 1.0 7.5 1.2 11.7 1.4 23.6 1.7 44.3 1.8 61.0 2.0 81.2 2.3 151.7
3.0 0.9 4.1 1.0 4.8 1.1 8.2 1.3 12.8 1.5 25.9 1.8 48.6 2.0 66.9 2.1 88.9 2.5 166.2
3.5 1.0 4.5 1.1 5.2 1.2 8.8 1.4 13.8 1.7 27.9 2.0 52.5 2.1 72.2 2.3 96.1 2.7 179.5
4.0 1.1 4.8 1.1 5.5 1.3 9.4 1.5 14.8 1.8 29.9 2.1 56.1 2.3 77.2 2.5 102.7 2.9 191.9
4.5 1.1 5.1 1.2 5.8 1.4 10.0 1.6 15.7 1.9 31.7 2.2 59.5 2.4 81.9 2.6 108.9 3.1 203.5
5.0 1.2 5.3 1.3 6.2 1.5 10.6 1.6 16.5 2.0 33.4 2.4 62.7 2.6 86.3 2.8 114.8 3.2 214.5
Table 4.18 Corrective multiplying factors of flow and velocity for the values in Figure 4.3.
h/Di KQ Kv
4
1.0 2.00 1.00
0.9 2.07 1.09
0.8 1.89 1.10
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
92
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
4
100
93
Water temperature 10° C
80 Filling h/Di = 0,5
50
56
60
70
80
90
5
0
0
12
22
10
15
20
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
60
40
0
25
DN
20
0
30
10
DN
8
Figure 4.3 Diagram of flows and velocity as a function of gradient for filling degree h/Di=0.5 (50%).
6
4.0
4 3.5
Gradient [cm/m]
3.0
2
2.5
1
2.0
0.8
1.8
0.6
1.6
0.4
1.4
1.2
0.2
1.0
Velocity [m/s] 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
0.1
10
20
40
60
80
0.4
0.6
0.8
100
200
Water flow [l/s]
4.6 Dimensioning examples
Example 1 System with primary ventilation
Consider the waste system shown in Figure 4.4 The waste stack and manifold need to be dimensioned. The building, which is residential,
is composed of 12 apartments laid out over 3 floors and the underground floor is used as a washroom. The waste system is composed of
2 waste stacks equipped with a primary vent, to which the branches are connected by means of square branches. The waste manifold has
a gradient of 1% and must be dimensioned for a filling degree of 50%.
4
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
A B C D
■■ 1 shower.
■■ 1 bathtub.
■■ 3 washbasins.
■■ 1 sink.
■■ 1 dishwash.
■■ 2 sinks.
94
Calculation of flow rates
By using the Table 4.4 it is possible to calculate the total flow rate coming from each apartment and from the washroom.
It is not possible to dimension the waste branches in that there is no drawing available with the horizontal distribution of the fixtures, we 4
proceed, therefore, with the calculation of the waste stacks.
and, therefore, the project flow, given by the equation [4.3], is:
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 51.0 = 3.6 l/s [4.5]
considering that the building is residential and the contemporary use degree is K=0.5.
From tha table 4.9 we find that the diameter of the two stacks (equipped with square branch) must be DN 100, this is the diameter that, in fact,
ensures a flow rate no smaller than 3.6 l/s. DN 100 is also the minimum diameter allowed when waste water is being drained from WCs.
95
The choice of diameter of the various sections can be made by following the tables. For a specific case, for a filling degree of 50% use table
4.12 from which the minimum diameter must be identified, for the gradient of 1%, that ensures a flow no smaller than the one calculated.
For the sections AB and BC diameter DN 125 is necessary, that ensures required flows of 3.6 and 3.7 l/s, whereas for the section CD a
diameter of DN 150 is necessary, that ensures a flow rate of 7.5 l/s > 5.1 l/s.
0
12
15
DN
DN
2
0.8
0.6
Gradient [cm/m]
0.4
4 0.2
8
6
10
0.4
0.6
0.8
3.7 5.1
Water flow [l/s]
DN 100 DN 100
DN 100 DN 100
DN 100 DN 100
DN 100 DN 100
A
DN 125 B DN 125 C DN 150 D
96
Example 2 Waste branch
The waste branch needs to be dimensioned (intermittent use K=0.5) for connection of the fixtures indicated in Figure 4.7 made up of 8
WCs (with 9 l cisterns) and 10 washbasins.
2 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 5.0 0.5 5.0 = 1.11 assumed flow 2.5* 100
3 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 7.5 0.5 7.5 = 1.37 assumed flow 2.5* 100
5 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 12.5 0.5 12.5 = 1.76 assumed flow 2.5* 100
6 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 15.0 0.5 15.0 = 1.93 assumed flow 2.5* 100
7 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 17.5 0.5 17.5 = 2.09 assumed flow 2.5* 100
8 WC (9 litre cistern) 2.5 20.0 0.5 5.0 = 2.23 assumed flow 2.5* 100
* Remember that, if the project flow is smaller that the flow of one of the sanitary fixtures served, then the latter value is used as the project flow rate. In the specific case, the
project flow of 2.3 l/s is less than the drainage units of the WC (with cistern capacity of 9 l) and, therefore, the value must be equal to the flow of the WC itself, that is 2.5 l/s.
97
For the series of washbasins the diameters are indicated in the following table. In this case, the branch is characterised by a variable
diameter that goes from DN 40 to DN 60 where it leads into the stack. Remember, that if the length of the branch exceeds 4 m it is
necessary to vent it (indirect parallel or secondary ventilation).
DU ∑ DU QWW
N. Sanitary fixture Branch DN
[l/s] [l/s] [l/s]
DN 100
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
DN 60
DN 60 DN 50 DN 40
98
Example 3 System with direct parallel ventilation
Here the task is to dimension the waste system of a residential building made up of 5 equally designed floors and shown on the plan in
Figure 4.9. In the figure the technical areas are indicated (red blocks) available for the installation of the waste stacks. The manifold is laid
in the pavement of the underground floor (garage) with a gradient of 1.5% and must be dimensioned for a filling degree of 50%.
The waste system is made with direct parallel ventilation for the black water stacks and primary ventilation of the grey waters. Connection
of the branches (which are not ventilated) is made with square branches.
In the figure the technical areas are numbered and the rooms have been classified in relation to the type of sanitary fixtures installed:
Bathroom – type B1
■■ 1 WC with 9 litre flushing cistern.
■■ 1 bidet.
■■ 1 shower.
■■ 1 washbasin.
■■ 1 sink.
Bathroom – type B2
■■ 1 WC with 9 litre flushing cistern.
■■ 1 bidet.
■■ 1 washbasin.
■■ 1 bathtub.
4
Kitchen – type C1
■ 1 sink.
■ 1 dishwasher.
4
5
B1
C1
B2
B2
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
3 2 7 6
B1 B1
C1 C1
1 8
99
Calculation of flow rates
With the use of Table 4.4 it is possible to calculate the total flow coming from each sanitary fixture and for the three room types identified
in the project.
4 Bidet
Washbasin
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Bathtub 1 0.8 0.8
Total 4.3
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
After choosing the diameters it is possible to trace the routes on the drawing, paying attention that the restrictions imposed are observed
Table 4.5 and, where possible, connecting the pipes to branches with angles below 90°.
100
Figure 4.10 Branches of room types B1 and B2.
DN 40
DN 50
DN 110
DN 110
DN 50
DN 50
DN 40
4
DN 50
DN 50
101
Dimensioning of waste stacks
With the use of the drawing we find that there are 8 waste stacks numbered with the same numbering as the technical areas and there are
three types; the stacks for the black waste waters (bathrooms) which we will identify with the abbreviation T1 and T2 in relation to the type
of bathroom served and those that transport the grey waste waters (kitchens) that we will label T3.
T1 Bathroom type B1 2; 4; 7
T2 Bathroom type B2 3; 6
T3 Kitchen type C3 1; 5; 8
For each stack the maximum waste flows must be calculated by summing the flows of the rooms served.
From Table 4.10 we find that the stack types T1 and T2 must be made with pipe diameters DN 100 in that, despite the project flow rates
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
being relatively low, there are WCs connected to them and the standard requires a minimum diameter of DN 100. The diameter for the direct
parallel vent stack is, on the other hand, DN 70 (see Table 4.11). From table 4.9 we see that the stack types T3 must be made with pipe
diameters DN 70 with extension of the relief vent stack to the roof to guarantee the primary ventilation.
DN 70 DN 100 DN 70
Fifth floor
DN 70 DN 100 DN 70
Fourth floor
DN 70 DN 100 DN 70
Thirt floor
DN 70 DN 100 DN 70
DN 70 DN 100 DN 70
First floor
Underground floor
102
Dimensioning of the waste manifolds
Once the configuration of the waste manifold has been defined on the plan, we proceed with the calculation of the diameters of the various
sections. The layout of the waste manifold and the identification of the various sections is shown in Figure 4.13.
T2 T1
T1 T2
T3
T3
4 5
M
L
3 2 7 6
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
A B C D E F G
1
8
H
N
The waste flow deriving for the stacks is calculated for the single sections.
4
Table 4.30 Distribution of the flows in the waste manifold.
∑ DU Qww
Section Stacks served
[l/s] [l/s]
Comparing the flows with those indicated in Table 4.12 for a gradient of 1.5% the diameters necessary for each section are determined as
indicated in Table 4.31 and in Figure 4.14.
Section Diameter DN
AB 125
HB 80
BC 125
LC 100
CD 150
MD 80
DE 150
NE 80
EF 150
FG 150
103
Figure 4.14 Dimensions of the waste manifold.
4
5
L M
DN 100 DN 80
A B C D E F G
DN 80 DN 80
H N
1 8
4
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
104
Example 4 System with direct parallel ventilation and stack division
We need to configure and dimension the waste stack, with direct parallel ventilation, of a residential building, composed of 13 equally
designed floors. Each floor drains a total of 10 l/s (WCs included) into the stack through a square branch. The waste manifold is laid in the
pavement of the underground floor.
■■ The intermediate connecting sections between the waste stack and the ventilation stack can be made every 2-3 floors.
13
4
12
11
Underground floor
105
Dimensioning of the waste stack
The secondary stack must have the same diameter as the main stack to ensure a good ventilation (vent loop), therefore, the choice of the
diameter is based on the flows drained into the main stack. The flow in the main stack is:
since there are 10 floors draining into it. The project flow, given by the equation [4.3], is then:
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 100 = 5 l/s [4.7]
considering that the building is residential with a degree of contemporary use of K=0.5.
From Table 4.10 we find that the diameter of the main stack and of the secondary stack is DN 100. This diameter ensures a flow of at least
5.6 l/s and it is therefore the minimum diameter that can be applied in the presence of WCs.
ww = K
Q DU = 0.5 130 = 5.7 l/s [4.9]
4 In this case, from Table 4.10 the diameter that ensures a flow of 5.7 l/s is DN 125 that requires a vent stack of diameter DN 90
(see Table 4.11). The dimensions of the system are indicated in the layout shown in the following figure.
DN 100
DN 90
13
DN 100
12
11
DN 90
10
DN 100
7 DN 90
DN 100
4
DN 100
3 DN 90
2
DN 100
DN 100
1
Underground floor
106
Example 5 System with direct parallel ventilation divided between two waste stacks
Imagine a residential building characterised by two waste stacks (with square branch) having in common one direct parallel vent stack.
The sum of the drainage units ∑DU of the stacks is 117 l/s and 196 l/s respectively. Calculate the diameters of the two waste stacks, of
the vent stack and of the relief vent stack.
D
Relief vent stack
A B
107
Dimensioning of the waste stack
The project flow of the two waste stacks is given by:
Q
ww,1 = K DU = 0.5 117 = 5.41 l/s [4.10]
Q
ww, 2 = K DU= 0.5 196 = 7.00 l/s [4.11]
considering that the building is residential with a degree of contemporary use of K=0.5.
From Table 4.10 we find that the diameter of the stacks are DN 100 and DN 125 respectively.
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 313 = 8.85 l/s [4.13]
From Table 4.10 we find that the waste stack should have a diameter of DN 150 that requires a vent stack diameter of DN 100 (see Table
4.11). As the diameter of the relief vent must be same as the diameter of the waste stack and, since in this case there is just one, (both
waste stacks lead into it), it must be made with a diameter of DN 150.
4
Figure 4.18 Dimensions of the waste system.
D
DN 150
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
DN 100
DN 125
C
A B
DN 100 DN 125
DN 100
108
Example 6 Primary ventilation system with vent manifold
Consider a residential building made up of 3 waste manifolds equipped with a primary ventilation but connected to each other before the
outlet onto the roof, by means of a ventilation manifold. In each stack, the waste flow is 30 l/s and the gradient of the vent manifold is 2%;
dimension the stacks and the vent manifold.
D Ventilation manifold
C
B
A
Underground floor
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 30.0 = 2.74 l/s [4.15]
From Table 4.9 we find that the diameter to be employed is DN 100 both for the waste stack and for the ventilation section that connects
the stack to the vent manifold.
109
Dimensioning of the vent manifold
To dimension the vent manifold we adopt the dimensioning principles for waste manifolds with a filling degree of 50% guaranteeing a
sufficient flow of air to the horizontal section. To determine the diameters we suppose that the waste flows flow into the vent manifold.
The choice of the diameters of the various sections can be made by using the graphs or the tables. Specifically, for a filling degree of 50%
we use the Table 4.12 from which we must identify, for a gradient of 2%, the minimum diameter that ensures a flow no smaller that the
one calculated.
DN 125 DN 100
DN 125 D
Dimensioning of waste systems in compliance with uni en 12056
C
B A
DN 100 DN 100
DN 100
DN 100
DN 100
DN 100
Underground floor
110
5 Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
As mentioned in the chapter on design, waste systems that are created with ventilation fittings do not require the use of parallel or
secondary ventilation, thus allowing elevated flows to be discharged in relatively reduced diameters. These advantages are due to the
■■ Ensures an excellent ventilation both of the stack and the waste branches thus limiting pressure fluctuations (both positive and negative
pressure).
■■ Avoids the formation of hydraulic plugs keeping a stable and regular flow from the branches to the vertical waste stack.
■■ Prevents the inlet of foam or the formation of return flows from the stack to the waste branches.
■■ The ventilation fitting must be acoustically insulated if the installation generates noise levels greater than those allowed by the legislations
in force.
Deviation chamber
Air recycle partition
Internal deflector
111
Figure 5.2 Ventilation fitting connections.
DN 100
DN 150
(De 110) (De 160)
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
DN 100
DN 100
(De 110)
(De 110)
DN 70 DN 70
(De 75) (De 75)
The ventilation fitting (produced in two diameters) incorporates a diameter DN 100 (De 110 mm) or DN 150 (De 160 mm) connection to the
waste stack, and 6 horizontal branch connections:
■■ The fitting has 3 DN 100 (De 110 mm) upper connections for sanitary fixtures such as urinals, WCs, washbasins, bidets, showers,
bathtubs, sinks or any other sanitary fixture with a drainage unit DU of 2.5 l/s and 3 DN 70 (De 75 mm) lower connections for any sanitary
fixture with a drainage unit DU of 1.5 l/s (WCs are therefore excluded).
■■ A maximum of WCs can be connected to each ventilation branch.
■■ The maximum capacity of the ventilation fitting is DU 25 l/s with a maximum capacity of the DN 100 connections equal to DU of 15 l/s
allowed.
■■ Branches with diameters that are smaller than the connections can be connected with the use of reducers.
■■ The connections of the ventilation fitting can all be used simultaneously with the exception of the configurations indicated in Figure 5.4,
5 where the contemporary use of the lateral opposite connections DN 100 and DN 70 is not allowed unless a misalignment of at least 10
cm can be ensured on the DN 70 connections.
Figure 5.3 Maximum capacity of the connections and of the entire ventilation fitting.
Σ DU ≤ 25
Σ DU ≤ 15 Σ DU ≤ 15
Σ DU ≤ 15
Σ DU ≤ 6 Σ DU ≤ 6
Σ DU ≤ 6
112
Figure 5.4 Connections not allowed.
No No Si Si
>10 cm
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Table 5.1 Maximum waste flows of the waste stacks with ventilation fittings.
Diameter of the stack Maximum permissible Maximum project flow of Maximum number of
DN DE capacity of the stack ∑ DU stack Qww, max “standard type apartments”*
[mm] [mm] [l/s] [l/s] to be connected to the stack
100 110 303 8.7 45
150 160 1310 18.1 195
* An “average apartment” is composed of a kitchen with sink and dishwasher (max. capacity 6 kg) and a bathroom with basin, bathtub, washing machine, bidet and water
closet (with 9 l flush cistern) for a total flow of 6.7 l/s. The calculation takes into account a simultaneity coefficient of K=0.5. 5
Waste systems with ventilation fittings have far greater flow capacities than any other type of waste system described in previous chapters.
European Standard UNI EN 12056-2 indicates the maximum flow rate that a waste stack can discharge in relation to the ventilation system
adopted; comparisons with systems using ventilation fittings are therefore straightforward.
113
Table 5.2 Comparison between different waste systems, DN 100 (De 110) waste stack.
Max. flow rate Qww, max [l/s]
Waste system
DN 100 (De 110) DN 150 (De 160)
Primary ventilation with right-angle branch 4.0 9.5
Parallel or secondary ventilation with right-angle branch 5.6 12.4
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
If the project flow rate exceeds the limits indicated in the table, segmentation is required and the total load must be distributed to different
stacks or, if possible, increase then stack pipe from diameter DN 100 to diameter DN 150.
114
5.2.1 Rules for the foot of the stack in waste systems with ventilation fittings
■■ A t the base of the waste stack with ventilation fittings, creation of a pressure relief loop is obligatory. This consists of the creation of
a secondary circuit with a vent loop, connected to the primary circuit at no less than 2 m both above and below the base of the stack
with a diameter of DN 100. The sanitary fixtures on the floor of the pressure relief loop must be connected using a simple branch to the
horizontal collector at a distance of no less than 10 times the diameter of the pipe from the stack base.
DN 100
(De 110)
2m
10 DN
2m
5
■■ T he fixtures in conjunction with the pressure relief loop can be connected both to the horizontal or vertical part of the pressure relief loop
by means of a normal branch.
Figure 5.8 Connection of sanitary fixtures to the horizontal section of the pressure relief loop.
DN 100
(De 110)
2m
2m
115
■■ If a pressure relief loop with a horizontal pipe of at least 2 m cannot be created due to a horizontal to vertical transition of the primary
circuit, it will be necessary to extend the pressure relief loop vertically, by at least 1 m.
2m 2m
1m <2m
2m
■■ The base of a soil stack with a ventilation fitting must always be provided with a pressure relief loop and connection to the collector must
be made using one of the configurations as illustrated in the following figures. The configuration is to be chosen in relation to the position of
the collector, the diameter of which must be calculated in compliance with the standards and local regulations (e.g. UNI EN 12056-2).
5
Figure 5.10 Connection configurations with waste collectors in relation to its position.
Sizing of stack with ventilation Sizing of stack with ventilation Sizing of stack with ventilation
fitting according to Valsir regulations fitting according to Valsir regulations fitting according to Valsir regulations
116
■■ S everal waste stacks equipped with ventilation branches can be made to drain into the same collector pipe below the respective pressure
relief loops, observing a minimum distance of at least 1 m.
5
S.p.A.
Valsir
© 2010
■■ S anitary fixtures can be connected below the pressure relief loop only if the connection is made in accordance with the configuration as
indicated in the figure and observing a minimum distance of 1 m.
Figure 5.12 Possible connection zone downstream of the pressure relief loop.
117
■■ The waste stack cannot be connected directly to the collector pipe without constructing a pressure relief loop.
CONFIGURATION
NOT ALLOWED
118
5.2.2 Rules governing waste stacks with ventilation fittings
■■ aste stacks must be constructed using the same diameter; DN 100 branches can therefore not be used together with DN 150 branches
W
within the same waste stack. Every stack has to be ventilated through the roof with the same diameter. Aerators with membranes are
not allowed as in this case they would not ensure the required flow of air for ventilation.
CONFIGURATION
NOT ALLOWED
■■ T he maximum distance between two ventilation fittings must not exceed 6 m. If this is not possible then a double offset must be
placed in the downpipe, i.e. a transition is constructed using two 45° bends followed by a vertical pipe with a length equal to twice the
stack diameter (therefore, for DN 100 stacks, the length is 200 mm, for DN 150 stacks it is 300 mm), followed once more by two 45°
bends. This offset works as a speed breaker thus guaranteeing the correct functioning of the waste system. No sanitary fixtures can be
connected to the vertical pipe between the 45° bends unless the length is increased to 3 times the diameter of the stack (for DN 100
stacks it is 300 mm, for DN 150 it is 450 mm).
119
Figure 5.15 Maximum distance between ventilation fittings.
DN* Ref. A
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
2 x 45°
2 DN
≤6m
2 x 45°
Ref. A
>6m
3 DN
2 x 45°
120
■■ If a stack offset needs to be made with a length of less than 1 m, two 45° bends shall be used as illustrated in the figure.
DN*
45°
45°
≤1 m
■■ If offsets greater than 1 m need to be constructed, then they must be provided with a pressure relief loop in the vertical to horizontal
transition area and the geometrical and hydraulic criteria indicated in the following tables must be observed.
■■ Important: the base of the stack must not be considered an offset if there is no further vertical pipe equipped with waste connections.
Table 5.3 Geometrical sizing criteria for stack offsets longer than L > 1 m.
Characteristics of the Length K of the Allowed gradient on Further ventilation of
horizontal section of the offset joint-free zone horizontal section horizontal section
L < 10m 0.5 m 0.5% ÷ 5% No
L ≥ 10 m 2m 1% ÷ 5% Yes
121
Table 5.4 Hydraulic sizing criteria for stack offsets longer than L > 1 m.
Maximum number
Characteristics
of WCs for each Hydraulic test (2)
of the stack
ventilation fitting (1)
No other hydraulic test besides the one required for a system without
L < 10m 8
deviation
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
In the stack before the direction change and in the horizontal tract, it must
be:
L ≥ 10 m 6 Qww, max ≤ 6.0 l/s (∑ DU ≤ 144 l/s) for stack De 110
5
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A. H
DN 100
(De 110)
DN*
k 2m
k
2m
DN*
122
■■ In conjunction with the pressure relief loop, at least every 5 storeys, the installation of an access fitting.
Access
■ Should it be necessary to deflect the stack in the ventilation zone by more than 6 m, it will be necessary to increase the diameter of the
horizontal pipe including the roof vent according to the rules indicated in the following table.
123
Figure 5.19 Configuration of ventilation stack transition.
DN DN1
DN DN1
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
<6m >6m
DN DN
DN DN
■■ A s with other ventilation systems (primary and parallel), the waste stacks can be connected, before exiting onto the roof, to a common
ventilation collector with a minimum gradient of 0.5%. In any case, the connection of more than 3 stacks contemporarily is not
recommended. The diameter of the ventilation stack and the roof vent depends on the number of stacks connected and is indicated in
the following table, valid for ventilation stack lengths of less than 12 m. For lengths that exceed 12 m it shall be necessary to increase
the specified diameters by one category
DN1
DN2
DN3
L L
DN DN DN
DN DN DN
124
5.2.3 Rules for branch pipes with ventilation fittings
■■ The branch pipe must be sized in accordance with the criteria established by the regulations in force and the local standards.
■■ The maximum length for an unvented branch pipe is 8 m, this must be reduced to 6 m in the presence of a water closet (in DN 100
connections). The minimum gradient allowed is 1%, maximum 5%.
■■ If the branch pipes are ventilated the maximum length is 20 m for all connections. The minimum gradient allowed is 0.5%, maximum 5%.
■■ If ventilation of the branch pipes is required, the ventilation circuit must be connected to the waste stack with a 45° branch fitting.
max 6 m
max 20 m
125
■■ E ach branch pipe is connected to the waste stack using the ventilation fitting; if necessary the branch pipe can be connected directly to
the stack with a right-angle branch, as long as the length does not exceed 6 m and the maximum diameters indicated in the table are
observed. A water closet cannot be connected to these branch pipes.
Table 5.7 Maximum diameter of branch pipes connected directly to the stack.
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
Right-angle branch
■■ If a vertical transition of the branch pipe is necessary, the maximum height allowed is 1.5 m.
max 1,5 m
126
5.3 Sizing examples
Example 1 Waste system with ventilation fitting
A waste stack must serve a 25 storey building; verify the possibility of constructing a system using DN 100 ventilation fittings connected to
each floor as illustrated in Figure 5.25. Each floor consists of:
5
Flow calculation
Table 4.4 can be used to calculate the total flow for each sanitary fixture that drains into the ventilation fitting connections.
The values lie within the maximum load of the connections and the ventilation fitting (shown in planning chapter):
127
Verification of the waste stack
Having ascertained that the connections of the ventilation fitting can deal with the required flows, a final verification is conducted to check
that the flow conveyed into the stack complies with the maximum load of 8.7 l/s (for DN 100 ventilation fitting).
and hence the project flow, given by the equation [5.2], is:
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 147.5 = 6.07 l/s [5.2]
The flow rate is therefore lower than the maximum load, in that 6.07 l/s < 8.7 l/s. This means that the system can be constructed with
ventilations fittings of DN 100.
128
Example 2 Waste system with ventilation fitting and segmentation of stacks
A 42 storey building is made up of several waste stacks, one of these must serve two bathrooms per floor as illustrated in Figure 5.26; the
cavity wall available allows installation of DN 100 ventilation fittings. Verify the feasibility of constructing the waste stack in the knowledge
that each floor consists of:
- 2 WCs with 9 litre cistern.
© 20
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A. 10 Va
lsir S.
p.A.
Flow calculation
Table 4.4 is used to calculate the total flow from each sanitary fixture that is connected to the ventilation fitting.
129
The values lie within the maximum load of the connections and the ventilation fitting (shown in planning chapter):
Limit on ventilation branch Maximum flow [l/s] Flow calculated [l/s] Observed
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
and hence the project flow, given by the equation [5.4], is:
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 361.2 = 9.5 l/s [5.4]
The flow rate exceeds the maximum load of a waste stack with a ventilation fitting of DN 100, in fact 9.5 l/s > 8.7 l/s. In this case,
segmentation is required, the total load has to be distributed to different stacks. By reducing the number of floors connected to each stack
to a number of 21 floors, feasibility of this system can be verified:
Q
ww = K DU = 0.5 180.6 = 6.72 < 8.7 l/s [5.6]
130
The figure illustrates segmentation of the 42 floors distributing the load to two stacks serving 21 floors.
Floors from 22 to 41
Floors from 1 to 21
131
Example 3 Waste system with ventilation fitting with stack deflection
A waste system with ventilation fittings is to be constructed for a 10 storey building (including a basement floor) as shown in the illustration.
The illustration shows the technical cavity wall and the collector pipe is installed on the floor of the basement. Illustrate the geometry of
the circuit and complete sizing.
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
Roof
Floor 9
Floor 8
Floor 7
7m
Floor 6
5
Floor 5
Floor 4
Floor 3
1m
Floor 2
Floor 1
Floor 0
132
Configuration of floor connections
■■ Floor 1 is at the base of the stack, it is decided, therefore, to connect some of the sanitary fixtures to the horizontal collector pipe using
a right-angle branch at a distance of at least 1 m (10 times the DN) and some to the horizontal tract over 1 m above the pressure relief
loop.
■■ The sanitary fixtures on the second floor are connected using the ventilation branch using 2 DN 100 connections and 1 DN 70
connection.
precautions.
■■ The sanitary fixtures on floors 3 and 4 are connected in a similar manner as floor 2.
■■ Floor 5 consists of just one washbasin that does not require a ventilation fitting, just one normal right-angle branch. The absence of a
ventilation fitting requires the construction of an offset composed of 2 + 2 45° bends with a pipe equal in size to 3 times the diameter to
which the washbasin is connected with a DN 40 branch pipe.
■■ Floor 6 has the same configuration as floor 4.
■■ There is a stack deflection between floor 6 and 7 of 7 m that requires the construction of a pressure relief loop to which floor 7 is
connected.
■■ Configuration of floor 8 is the same as floor 6.
■■ A ventilation fitting is used on floor 9 using the DN 100 connection for the water closet and DN 70 connection for the other sanitary
fixtures.
■■ The stack proceeds out onto the roof covering with a vent.
133
Table 5.12 Flows discharge into stack on each floor and breakdown of sanitary fixtures.
∑ DU ∑ DU
DU Connection to
Floor Sanitary fixture Quantity Flow at Total flow
[l/s] branch
connections [l/s] [l/s]
WC with 9 litres cistern 1 2.5
DN 100
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
Bathtub 1 0.8
(45° branch) 5.4 5.4
Washbasin 1 0.5
Shower 1 0.8
Washing machine 6 kg 1 0.8
WC with 9 litres cistern 1 2.5
Floor 1
Bathtub 1 0.8
Washbasin 1 0.5 DN 100
(right-angle 7.0 7.0
Shower 1 0.8 branch)
Washing machine 6 kg 1 0.8
Dishwasher 1 0.8
Sink 1 0.8
WC with 9 litres cistern 1 2.5
Bathtub 1 0.8
Washbasin 1 0.5 DN 100 5.4 < 15
Shower 1 0.8
Washing machine 6 kg 1 0.8
WC with 9 litres cistern 1 2.5
Floor 2 12.4 < 25
Bathtub 1 0.8
Washbasin 1 0.5 DN 100 5.4 < 15
Shower 1 0.8
Washing machine 6 kg 1 0.8
Dishwasher 1 0.8
5 Sink 1 0.8
DN 70 1.6 < 6
134
∑ DU ∑ DU
DU Connection to
Floor Sanitary fixture Quantity Flow at Total flow
[l/s] branch
connections [l/s] [l/s]
WC with 9 litres cistern 1 2.5
Bathtub 1 0.8
135
Figure 5.29 Final configuration of the waste stack.
Roof
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
DN 100
DN 100
Floor 9
DN 70
DN 100
DN 100 DN 100
Floor 8
DN 70
DN 100 DN 100
Access
Floor 7
>1 m DN 100
DN 100
Floor 6
DN 40
Access
2 x 45° Floor 5
L = 300 mm
5
2 x 45°
Floor 4
Floor 3
45°
45°
DN 100
Floor 2
DN 100 DN 100
Access
Floor 1
DN 100
DN 100
DN 100
>1 m >1 m
DN 100
DN 100
Floor 0
136
Example 4 Waste system with ventilation fitting and configuration of stack base
A waste system with ventilation fittings is to be constructed for a 9 storey building as shown in the illustration. The ventilation fittings are
housed in the cavity wall where the pressure relief loop must also be created. Illustrate the geometry of the circuit.
Floor 9
Floor 8
Floor ...
Floor ...
5
Floor 1
Floor 0
A pressure relief loop must be created on the ground floor and connection to the floors is made with simple branches to the horizontal
tract.
137
Figure 5.32 Layout of the branch pipes for ground floor.
Floor 0
Sizing of waste and soil systems with ventilation fittings
The final geometrical configuration of the waste system is illustrated in the following figure.
Washbasin
Washbasin
WC Bathbut
Floor 9
Bathtub
WC
Washbasin
5
© 2010
Valsir S.
p.A. Washbasin
WC Bathtub
Floor 1
Bathtub
WC
Washbasin
WC Bathtub
Washbasin
Bathtub
WC
Floor 0
138
6 Sizing of rainwater drainage systems
6.1 Introduction
The standard that regulates sizing of systems destined for the drainage of rainwater, and on which this chapter is based, is European
Standard EN 12056-3.
These systems can be divided into two categories:
■■ Syphonic drainage systems that are designed to work under negative pressures and at full bore.
■■ Non-syphonic drainage systems that work with both water and air in the pipe section.
The calculation techniques shown in this chapter are applied to the sizing of downpipes and collector pipes in non-syphonic systems.
The sizing process of a rainwater system can be divided into the following steps:
- Calculation of the flow collected on the roof.
- Calculation of the diameters of the rainwater downpipes.
- Calculation of the diameters of the rainwater collector pipes.
Q
= r ⋅ A ⋅ c1 ⋅ c2 [6.1]
where:
“r” is rainfall intensity expressed in litres per second per square metre of roof covering [l/(s·m2)]. This value will vary between differing
locations, in any case, if precise values are not available, use a rainfall intensity of 0.04 l/(s·m2). At times, rainfall height is used, measured
in mm/h instead of rainfall intensity; to convert to rainfall height multiply by 3600, that is, 0.04 l/(s·m2) is equal to 144 mm/h.
c1 is the flow coefficient the value of which is 1.0 barring other indications given by local or national regulations. This parameter is lower
the greater the roughness and the absorbing power of the exposed surface; roofs covered with plastic material have a lower roughness and
absorbing power than roofs that are covered with gravel or roof gardens.
Situation Coefficient c2
Eaves-gutter 1.0
Eaves-gutters situated in points where the overflow of water would be particularly inconvenient, 1.5
for example, over the entrance to a public building.
Internal gutters or in the case of particularly intense rainfall that could cause the obstruction 2.0
of rainwater drains and the consequent infiltration of water inside the building.
Gutters inside buildings where an exceptional degree of protection is required, such as
hospitals, theatres, telecommunication systems, depots for storage of chemical substances 3.0
that are dangerous when wet, museums, etc.
139
6.2.1 Calculation of roof surface
Calculation of the roof surface requires particular attention when the effect of the wind or the existence of adjacent buildings could influence
by increasing the effective rainwater collection surface.
If local or national regulations do not require the effect of the wind to be taken into consideration (and therefore to consider a perpendicular
rainfall) the surface is calculated as a horizontal projection Ah of the roof areaa.
.
.p.A
ir S
0 Vals
201
©
Ah
Sizing of rainwater drainage systems
On the other hand, if it is necessary to take account of the effect of the wind (with maximum rain inclination of 26°) the surface is calculated
as the sum of the horizontal projection Ah of the roof area and 50% of the vertical projections Av of the roof area.
Figure 6.2 Effective roof surface in the presence of the wind effect.
Av .
.p.A
ir S
als
0V
201
©
Ah
a) for a flat roof, the collection surface of rainwater is the same as the surface of the roof itself.
A = Ah [6.2]
Ah
b) For a flat roof with an adjacent vertical wall, the rainwater collection surface is equal to:
A = A h +1 2 ⋅ A v [6.3]
140
Figure 6.4 Flat roof with adjacent vertical wall.
Av
Ah
c) For a single pitched roof the rainwater collection area is equal to:
A = A h +1 2 ⋅ A v [6.4]
.p.A.
lsir S
10 Va
© 20
Ah
d) For a single pitched roof with adjacent vertical wall the rainwater collection surface is equal to:
A = A h +1 2 ⋅ A v 2 −1 2 ⋅ A v1 [6.5]
© 2010 Va
lsir S.p.A. A v2
A v1 6
Ah
e) For a double pitched converging roof the rainwater collection area is equal to:
A = A h1 + A h 2 +1 2 ⋅ A v 2 −1 2 ⋅ A v1 [6.6]
.
ir S.p.A
Vals
010
©2
A v2
A v1
A h1 A h2
f) For a pitched roof with several adjacent vertical walls the rainwater collection surface is equal to:
A = A h + −1 2 ⋅ A v1 −1 2 ⋅ A v 2 +1 2 ⋅ A v 3 +1 2 ⋅ A v 4 [6.7]
141
Figure 6.8 Pitched roof with several adjacent vertical walls (illustration of the horizontal surface and the vertical surfaces).
A v1 A v2
Ah A v3
A v4
regulations. Table 6.2 can be used for the sizing of rainwater downpipes. This table indicates the maximum flow Qmax for each diameter De
for each type of pipe chosen. Figure 7.10 can also be used, which supplies the maximum flow in relation to the internal diameter Di.
If it is necessary to calculate the maximum flow Qmax for a rainwater downpipe of internal diameter Di with a filling factor f (other than 0.33)
the following formula can be used:
3.15
Q
max = ⋅ Di 2.667 ⋅ f 1.667 [6.8]
1000
6
©
20
10
Va
lsir
S.
p.A
.
≥10°
142
Table 6.2 Maximum flows for rainwater downpipes with filling degree f =0.33 (33%).
Figure 6.10 Maximum flows for rainwater downpipes with filling factor f =0.33 (33%).
45 200
40 180
35 160
Maximum flow in rainwater downpipe Qmax [l/s]
25 120
20 100
15 80
10 60
6
5 40
143
6.4 Sizing of rainwater collector pipes
All pipes in a rainwater drainage system with a gradient lower than 10° relative to a horizontal line are to be sized as rainwater collector
pipes. The diameter of a rainwater collector pipe has to be chosen based on the expected flow rate and assumed filling degree; the filling
degree used must not exceed 0.7 (70%), as required by European Standard EN 12056-3, different values can be used if specified by local
or national regulations. Sizing of rainwater collector pipes can be done with the aid of the following tables that show the drainage velocity
and flow rate in relation to the filling degree f, the gradient of the collector pipe i and the external pipe diameter De.
The minimum pipe diameter allowed for rainwater collector pipes is De 110 mm.
<10°
Table 6.3 Speed and flow rate of drainage pipes in relation to slope and for a filling factor of f=0.5 (50%).
De = 110 De = 125 De = 135 De = 160 De = 200 De = 250 De = 315
i
v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q
6 [cm/m] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s]
0.5 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.6 0.5 2.6 0.6 5.3 0.7 9.9 0.9 18.2 1.0 33.9
1.0 0.7 2.4 0.7 3.7 0.7 3.7 0.9 7.5 1.1 14.0 1.2 25.7 1.5 48.0
1.5 0.8 2.9 0.9 4.5 0.9 4.5 1.1 9.1 1.3 17.2 1.5 31.4 1.8 58.8
2.0 0.9 3.3 1.0 5.2 1.0 5.2 1.3 10.6 1.5 19.8 1.7 36.3 2.1 67.8
2.5 1.0 3.7 1.2 5.9 1.2 5.9 1.4 11.8 1.7 22.2 2.0 40.6 2.3 75.8
3.0 1.1 4.1 1.3 6.4 1.3 6.4 1.5 12.9 1.8 24.3 2.1 44.5 2.5 83.1
3.5 1.2 4.4 1.4 6.9 1.4 6.9 1.7 14.0 2.0 26.2 2.3 48.0 2.7 89.7
4.0 1.3 4.7 1.5 7.4 1.5 7.4 1.8 14.9 2.1 28.0 2.5 51.3 2.9 95.9
4.5 1.4 5.0 1.6 7.8 1.6 7.8 1.9 15.8 2.2 29.7 2.6 54.5 3.1 101.8
5.0 1.5 5.3 1.6 8.3 1.6 8.3 2.0 16.7 2.4 31.4 2.8 57.4 3.2 107.3
6.0 1.6 5.8 1.8 9.1 1.8 9.1 2.2 18.3 2.6 34.3 3.0 62.9 3.6 117.5
7.0 1.7 6.2 2.0 9.8 2.0 9.8 2.4 19.8 2.8 37.1 3.3 67.9 3.8 126.9
8.0 1.8 6.7 2.1 10.5 2.1 10.5 2.5 21.1 3.0 39.7 3.5 72.6 4.1 135.7
9.0 2.0 7.1 2.2 11.1 2.2 11.1 2.7 22.4 3.2 42.1 3.7 77.0 4.4 143.9
10.0 2.1 7.5 2.3 11.7 2.3 11.7 2.8 23.6 3.3 44.3 3.9 81.2 4.6 151.7
144
Table 6.4 Speed and flow rate of drainage pipes in relation to slope and for a filling factor of f=0.6 (60%).
De = 110 De = 125 De = 135 De = 160 De = 200 De = 250 De = 315
i
v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q
[cm/m] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s]
0.5 0.5 2.3 0.6 3.5 0.6 3.5 0.7 7.1 0.8 13.4 0.9 24.5 1.1 45.7
1.0 0.7 3.2 0.8 5.0 0.8 5.0 1.0 10.1 1.1 18.9 1.3 34.6 1.6 64.6
1.5 0.9 3.9 1.0 6.1 1.0 6.1 1.2 12.4 1.4 23.2 1.6 42.4 1.9 79.1
2.0 1.0 4.5 1.1 7.1 1.1 7.1 1.4 14.3 1.6 26.8 1.9 49.0 2.2 91.3
2.5 1.1 5.1 1.3 7.9 1.3 7.9 1.5 16.0 1.8 29.9 2.1 54.7 2.5 102.1
3.0 1.2 5.5 1.4 8.7 1.4 8.7 1.7 17.5 2.0 32.8 2.3 60.0 2.7 111.9
3.5 1.3 6.0 1.5 9.4 1.5 9.4 1.8 18.9 2.1 35.4 2.5 64.8 2.9 120.8
4.0 1.4 6.4 1.6 10.0 1.6 10.0 1.9 20.2 2.3 37.9 2.7 69.2 3.1 129.2
4.5 1.5 6.8 1.7 10.6 1.7 10.6 2.0 21.4 2.4 40.2 2.8 73.4 3.3 137.0
5.0 1.6 7.2 1.8 11.2 1.8 11.2 2.2 22.6 2.5 42.3 3.0 77.4 3.5 144.4
6.0 1.7 7.8 2.0 12.3 2.0 12.3 2.4 24.7 2.8 46.4 3.3 84.8 3.8 158.2
7.0 1.9 8.5 2.1 13.3 2.1 13.3 2.5 26.7 3.0 50.1 3.5 91.6 4.1 170.9
Table 6.5 Speed and flow rate of drainage pipes in relation to slope and for a filling factor of f=0.7 (70%).
De = 110 De = 125 De = 135 De = 160 De = 200 De = 250 De = 315
i
v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q
[cm/m] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s]
0.5 0.5 2.8 0.6 4.4 0.6 4.4 0.7 8.9 0.8 16.7 1.0 30.6 1.2 57.0
1.0 0.7 4.0 0.8 6.3 0.8 6.3 1.0 12.6 1.2 23.7 1.4 43.2 1.6 80.6
1.5 0.9 4.9 1.0 7.7 1.0 7.7 1.2 15.5 1.5 29.0 1.7 52.9 2.0 98.7
2.0 1.0 5.7 1.2 8.9 1.2 8.9 1.4 17.9 1.7 33.5 2.0 61.1 2.3 113.9
2.5 1.2 6.3 1.3 9.9 1.3 9.9 1.6 20.0 1.9 37.4 2.2 68.3 2.6 127.4
3.0 1.3 7.0 1.4 10.9 1.4 10.9 1.7 21.9 2.1 41.0 2.4 74.9 2.8 139.6
3.5 1.4 7.5 1.6 11.7 1.6 11.7 1.9 23.6 2.2 44.3 2.6 80.9 3.1 150.7
6
4.0 1.5 8.0 1.7 12.6 1.7 12.6 2.0 25.3 2.4 47.3 2.8 86.4 3.3 161.1
4.5 1.6 8.5 1.8 13.3 1.8 13.3 2.1 26.8 2.5 50.2 3.0 91.7 3.5 170.9
5.0 1.7 9.0 1.9 14.0 1.9 14.0 2.3 28.2 2.7 52.9 3.1 96.6 3.6 180.2
6.0 1.8 9.8 2.1 15.4 2.1 15.4 2.5 30.9 2.9 58.0 3.4 105.9 4.0 197.4
7.0 2.0 10.6 2.2 16.6 2.2 16.6 2.7 33.4 3.1 62.6 3.7 114.4 4.3 213.2
8.0 2.1 11.4 2.4 17.8 2.4 17.8 2.9 35.7 3.4 66.9 3.9 122.3 4.6 227.9
9.0 2.2 12.0 2.5 18.8 2.5 18.8 3.0 37.9 3.6 71.0 4.2 129.7 4.9 241.7
10.0 2.3 12.7 2.6 19.8 2.6 19.8 3.2 39.9 3.8 74.8 4.4 136.7 5.2 254.8
145
6.5 Connection of rainwater pipes to waste and soil system
Rainwater drainage systems can be connected to the waste and soil systems as long as local or national regulations do not prohibit this and
provided the following conditions are satisfied:
1) Syphons must be installed on the rainwater drainage line before connection to the waste and soil system.
2) The rainwater plant shall drain a small surface area or a balcony with a maximum drainage flow of 1.0 l/s.
3) The rainwater plant shall be connected to a waste stack or collector pipe with a minimum diameter of DN 100.
4) The waste stack or collector pipe to which the rainwater plant is connected must have the capacity to convey the sum of waste water
and rainwater flow.
Gradient of
roof covering
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
40 m
30 m
The collection surface for each row is therefore given by 50% of the total collection surface:
146
Table 6.6 Calculation of number of necessary outlets and effective flow drained into the rainwater downpipe
Effective flow drained into
De [mm] Maximum flow Qmax [l/s] Number of outlets
each outlet Q [l/s]
75 4.0 24/4.0 = 6.0 6 24/6 = 4
90 6.5 24/6.5 = 3.7 4 24/4 = 6
110 11.2 24/11.2 = 2.1 3 24/3 = 8
125 15.7 24/15.7 = 1.5 2 24/2 = 12
An excessive number of outlets will increase installation costs while an insufficient number of outlets will compromise the efficiency of the
system should one or two of the outlets become blocked.
In this case the best solution is to use diameter De 110 that requires the installation of 3 outlets on each side of the building.
The layout of the rainwater drainage system is therefore designed as shown in the following illustration.
E
6
Sizing of rainwater collector pipes
Rainwater collector pipes are sized in the same way as waste and soil systems analysing the various tracts of the collector pipe.
Tract Q [l/s]
AB 8
BC 16
CD 24
DE 48
147
The minimum diameters required are identified for each tract of the collector pipe with the use of Table 6.5, with a gradient of 2%.
Table 6.8 Velocity and flow rate of waste pipes with a filling factor of f=0.7 (70%).
De = 110 De = 125 De = 135 De = 160 De = 200 De = 250
i
v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q v Q
[cm/m] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s] [m/s] [l/s]
0.5 0.5 2.8 0.6 4.4 0.6 4.4 0.7 8.9 0.8 16.7 1.0 30.6
1.0 0.7 4.0 0.8 6.3 0.8 6.3 1.0 12.6 1.2 23.7 1.4 43.2
1.5 0.9 4.9 1.0 7.7 1.0 7.7 1.2 15.5 1.5 29.0 1.7 52.9
2.0 1.0 5.7 1.2 8 < 8.9 1.2 8.9 1.4 16 < 17.9 1.7 24 < 33.5 2.0 48 < 61.1
2.5 1.2 6.3 1.3 9.9 1.3 9.9 1.6 20.0 1.9 37.4 2.2 68.3
3.0 1.3 7.0 1.4 10.9 1.4 10.9 1.7 21.9 2.1 41.0 2.4 74.9
De 110
Sizing of rainwater drainage systems
De 110
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
De 110
De 110
De 125 De 110
De 160 De 110
De 125
De 160
De 200
De 200
De 250
148
7 Installation and testing
©2
010
Vals
ir S.p
.A.
©
201
0V
als
ir S
.p.A
.
149
7.2 Connection of pipes and fittings
The type of connection that can be adopted, in relation to the type of waste system chosen, are numerous. Each one has different properties
and characteristics that can be classified in the following way:
a) Removable connections. These are connections that can be separated after assembly.
b) Non-removable connections. These are connections that cannot be separated once they have been installed.
c) Traction-resistant connections. These are connections that cannot be separated by traction.
d) Non-traction-resistant connections. These are connections that can be separated by traction in the pipe.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Conection type:
non-removable, resist traction
connection zone. The heating time and the welding time depend on the thickness of the pipe (for a wall thickness of 10 mm, the heating
time is about 2 minutes, whereas the welding time is about 3.3 minutes).
For a correct welding remember that it is necessary to respect the following requirements:
■■ The chemical and physical characteristics of the materials to be welded must be compatible.
■■ The thickness and the diameters of the pipes to be welded must be the same.
■■ In situations of humidity, wind or low temperatures (below zero) the welding area should by covered by a protective tent and suitably
heated. It is recommended, at any rate, to carry out a few welding tests beforehand.
■■ The temperature of the end parts of the connections must be uniform when welding.
■■ The connection heads to be welded must be clean and maintained clean during the welding process.
■■ During welding and the other phases of the cycle (above all cooling) the connection must not, in any case, be subject to mechanical
stress.
7 ■■ The ends of the connections that are not being welded must be closed off with plugs to avoid that the connection is cooled down due to
Manual butt-welding
The success of this operation is greatly influenced by the expertise and experience of the worker. It is therefore necessary that the latter
possesses sufficient experience and a good knowledge of the material and the welding process.
To weld by hand the following operations must be carried out:
a) Cut the connection to be welded in a perpendicular manner and with a clean cut, without shavings, by means of a fine-tooth pipe cutter
(Figure 7.4).
b) Place the two pieces on the thermo-plate that when fully heated must have a temperature of 210°C ± 5°C and press lightly until a uniform
seam of about 1 mm has formed around the whole circumference (Figure 7.5).
c) Remove the pieces from the plate, and in as short a time as possible, unite the two pieces and exercise an axial, increasing force without
rotation. To keep the pieces in axis a guide can be used (Figure 7.6).
d) Let the piece cool down. The connection should not be cooled artificially to accelerate the cooling time, for example, with cold water.
Furthermore, the connection should not be subject to mechanical stress if it has not cooled down completely.
150
Figure 7.4 Pipe cutting.
© 2010 Va
lsir S.p.A.
p.A.
Valsir S.
© 2010
151
Figure 7.7 Pipe cutting. Figure 7.8 Blocking of pipes to be welded.
©2
010
Vals
ir S.p.A
.
©2
010
Vals
ir S.p
.A.
©2
009
Vals ©2
ir S.p.A 010
. Vals
ir S.p.A
.
©2
010
Vals
ir S.p.A
.
©2
010
Vals
ir S.p.A
.
152
Table 7.1 Force to be applied during the welding phase.
Welding force
De
[kg]
40 6
50 7
56 8
63 9
75 10
90 15
110 22
125 28
140 35
160 45
200 57
250 90
315 140
e
tim
Time [min]
ng
ldi
3 We
e
im
ngt
ati
He
2
7
153
7.2.2 Connection by electro-fusion sleeve
Figure 7.14 Connection with electro-fusion sleeve.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Connection type:
non-removable, resists traction
For a correct welding remember that it is necessary to respect the following requirements:
■■ Before welding, the pipes, fittings and the electro-fusion sleeve must have a temperature close to the atmospheric temperature, therefore,
they must not be exposed directly to sun rays, neither before, nor during the welding process.
■■ To weld, two types of welding machines can be utilised: the first can be used exclusively with Valsir products; the second, on the other
154
For a correct welding process the following phases should be observed:
a) Cut the pipe with a fine-tooth saw or pipe cutter.
b) The surfaces of the ends to be welded must be uniformly and totally scraped, over an area of at least 1 cm beyond the length of pipe that
is to be inserted into the sleeve (Figure 7.16). The absence of scraping, or an incorrect scraping, can provoke a superficial attachment
preventing the molecular penetration. Scraping tools such as abrasivepaper, files, emery millers, etc., are to be avoided at all costs
c) Extract the sleeve from the package shortly before use and clean the inside with a clean cloth.
d) Insert the ends of the pipes and/or fittings to be welded into the sleeve, as far as the bar (Figure 7.17 e Figure 7.18). It is necessary
to ensure that the parts remain in position and are aligned during welding and successive cooling. Furthermore, avoid any type of
mechanical stress during the entire welding and cooling cycle.
e) The area where the welding process is carried out must be protected by unfavourable climatic conditions; in particular, the welding must
take place at temperatures between -5°C and +40°C.
f) Connect the sleeve to the welding machine (Figura 7.19). Connection must be made only after inserting the pieces that must be welded.
g) Once done, the welding machine will automatically start welding, producing an acoustic signal (Figura 7.20). The sleeves from diameter
40 to 160 mm are equipped with a detector that indicates when the fusion has been completed; if the welding has not been successful
this is indicated by the fact that the detector has not changed its colour from white to black (Figura 7.21). The same sleeve should never
be used for a new welding process; such a situation, in fact, could cause the temperature of the sleeve to increase beyond the
ignition temperature of the material with the risk of fire.
h) Once the welding has been completed, a cooling time must be observed (variable between 10 and 30 minutes depending on the diameter)
during which the connection must not undergo mechanical stress.
155
Figure 7.16 Scraping of surfaces to be welded. Figure 7.17 Positioning of electro fusion sleeve.
© 2010
Valsir S.
p.A.
Figure 7.18 Completion of introduction of electro fusion sleeve. Figure 7.19 Electrical connection of the sleeve to the welding machine.
Figure 7.20 Start-up of welding process. Figure 7.21 Completion of the welding process with cooling.
7 © 2010 Va
lsir S.p.A. © 2010
Valsir S.
p.A.
156
7.2.3 Connection by expansion socket
Figure 7.22 Connection with expansion socket.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Connection type:
The expansion socket is employed to absorb the thermal expansions or contractions of the waste conduits. It is utilised on each floor for the
connection of the waste stacks or else in the installation of the waste manifolds. The particular profile of the internal seal allows the pipe
to slide, thus ensuring a perfect water seal.
Installation involves a few simple steps:
a) Bevel the end of the pipe to be fitted to an angle of about 15°.
b) Lubricate the end of the pipe to be fitted, and the seal in the socket with Valsir lubricant (do not use oils or greases that could damage
the seal over time).
c) Respect the employment restrictions indicated on the socket.
20°C
Applicability:
7
polyethylene waste systems
Connection type:
removable, not resistant to traction
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
157
The screw-threaded fitting is employed for the connection of various prefabricated pieces or when the fast dismantling of parts of the
pipework is necessary. This type of connection does not allow resistance to loads by axial traction, in this case, the use of a flange bushing
is necessary.
Nut
Ring
Seal
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Threaded union
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Installation and testing
Connection type:
removable, not resistant to traction
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
158
7.2.6 Connection by flanged fitting
Figure 7.28 Connection with flanged fitting.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Connection type:
removable, resistant to traction
Screw
Open flange
Flange adaptor
Flat seal
Closed flange
7
159
7.2.7 Connection by threaded fitting
Figure 7.30 Connection with threaded fitting.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
Connections with threaded fittings (also known as metal-plastic joints) can be utilised for connecting polyethylene pipes with pipework
in threaded steel. The threading of the fitting (from ½” to 2” ½) is created on an external ring in metal (with male threads) or internally
(with female threads) that is melted onto the inside of the polyethylene piece. The fitting is also available with a brass nipple that allows
the connection of female threaded elements from ½”to 1” and, thanks to the particular construction in two pieces, provides an elevated
versatility in assembly.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste systems
The contraction sleeve is a convenient connection possibility for the most part of irregular and special materials, or for the connection of
different types of pipework, for example, pipes for laboratory sinks. Installation is very simple:
a) The rubber ring (included in the pack) must be placed on the end of the pipe, exactly half way along the length of the sleeve
(see length h2 in Figure 7.33).
b) Push the contraction sleeve onto the end of the pipe.
c) Heat the attachment at a low temperature (about 125°C) in a regular manner, moving the flame constantly along the piece. The sleeve
will contract thus creating a water-tight connection (Figure 7.34).
7 d) The contraction sleeve cannot resist axial traction forces, it is therefore necessary to anchor the pipe with a fixed point anchor clip.
Figure 7.32 Application on laboratory Figure 7.33 Employment of contraction sleeve. Figure 7.34 Heating of the contraction sleeve.
sinks.
Contraction
sleeve
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
H2 approximately
H1
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
125°C
1
2
Anchor clip
© 2010w Valsir S.p.A.
160
7.2.9 Connection by push-fit socket
Figure 7.35 Connection with push-fit socket.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste system
polypropylene waste system
Triplus waste system
Silere waste system
Connection type:
removable, not resistant to traction
161
Figure 7.36 Pipe cutting with saw or pipe cutter.
90°
©2
010
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A. Vals
ir S.p.A
.
15 °
7
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
162
Figure 7.40 Reduced or excessive insertion depth.
163
Figure 7.43 Covering of push-fit socket. Figure 7.44 Covering of pipework operating at high temperatures.
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Heavy paper or
undulated cardboard Slab
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Slab
Heavy paper or
ondulated cardboard
Gravel layer
Gravel layer
Connection type:
removable, not resistant to traction
Repair work can be carried out with the use of two sliding sleeves Figure 7.46 Mounting of a branch with the use of sliding sleeves.
and a piece of pipe. The same system can be utilised for inserting a
INSTALLATION AND TESTING
Pipe
Sleeve
164
7.2.11 Connection by bi-joint sleeve
Figure 7.47 Connection with sliding sleeve.
Applicability:
© 2010 Valsir S.p.A.
Silere waste system
Connection type:
removable, not resistant to traction
For the connection of smooth pipes (without sockets) it is necessary to employ a bi-joint sleeve. Such a system allows pieces of pipe to
be recovered. With the connection of normal pipes with sockets, it is necessary, in order to compensate for normal thermal expansion, to
insert the pipe fully into the socket and then to extract it, by about 10 mm. With the bi-joint sleeve this operation is no longer necessary.
In fact, the special seal that is housed in the socket, compensates for the thermal expansions and gives optimum results in the saving of
time and a greater guarantee of seal.
The connection is made in the following manner:
©2
ir S
010
ls
Vals
Va
ir S.p.A
the inside of the sleeve. ■ A pply the Valsir lubricant
10
.
20
7
©
Do not use oils or grease. onto the lip seal fitted on the
opposite side.
■ Insert the pipe or fitting as
165
7.3 Fire-stop sleeve
Figure 7.53 Fire-stop sleeve.
Applicability:
polyethylene waste system
Silere waste system
When installing polyethylene or Silere waste pipes that pass through floors or walls, it is necessary to observe the safety regulations
regarding fire prevention. This requires the use of suitable fire-stop sleeves that are placed around the pipework in proximity to the passage
through the building structure, thus preventing the passage of flames; they are, in fact, made of a material that, when in contact with heat,
expands, thus obstructing the passage of flames, gas or heat through the hole that has been left by the pipe when it melts.
The Valsir fire-stop sleeves have an expansion ratio greater than 1:10 and present good acoustic characteristics. They are made of galvanised
sheet steel containing an internal covering of intumescent material, formed by intumescent graphite surrounded by a polyethylene matrix.
They are equipped with fastening clasps that can be freely positioned for an easy anchorage to the wall or ceiling. They are characterised
by a click-on system for a simple and fast installation without the necessity of using special utensils.
7 In-wall
External
External In-wall
166
7.3.2 Usage restrictions, safety measurements and preservation
When creating a fire prevention sealing for the passage of pipes by using fire-stop sleeves, it is necessary to observe the requisites of the
national certifications issued for the product. They should be consulted to verify the restrictions imposed regarding the dimensions of the
opening, the type and the thickness of the wall or the floor, the maximum diameter of the pipe, etc.
Other aspects that should be kept in consideration for the employment of fire-stop sleeves are the following:
■■ They are not suitable for sealing passages with metal pipes.
■■ Anchors or fastening devices that are not fire-resistant should not be used.
7.3.3 Installation
The installation of fire-stop sleeves involves the following steps:
a) Make the hole in the wall or floor by using a tool of suitable dimensions. Then install the conduit.
b) If the existing space between the pipe and the hole is large, it will need to be sealed with fire-prevention cement or, alternatively, a fire-
prevention intumescent sealant can be used. The remaining space between the pipe and the opening must be closed on one side of the
wall with a sealant in order to prevent the passage of smoke or gas during the first few minutes of the fire. The intumescent material of
the fire stop sleeve will close the opening when activated by the elevated temperature of the fire (see Figure 7.56).
c) The expansion of the intumescent material during the fire, completely closes off the pipes. It the pipes are very dirty and contain, for
example, cement residuals, this closing action could be delayed. It is therefore necessary to clean the surface of the plastic pipes in the
point where the fire-stop sleeves must be installed (see Figure 7.57).
d) Position the fire-stop sleeve around the pipe and close the closing device by pressing on it until a click can be heard. To close the
fire-stop sleeve, tools or screws are not required. Ensure that the sleeve is correctly positioned for the fastening of the blocking clasps
(see Figure 7.58).
e) The blocking clasps can be applied in different points of the sleeve’s metal structure. This makes possible to distance the blocking points
according to the space available. The clasps must be positioned as symmetrically as possible (see Figure 7.59).
f) To fasten the sleeve only the fastening clasps provided should be used. The fire-stop sleeve will be capable of protecting against the
passage of fire only, if it has been fastened correctly (see Figure 7.60).
g) For in-wall installation ensure that the hole is sufficiently large to contain the external diameter of the fire-stop sleeve. Insert the fire-
stop sleeve into the opening. For ceiling applications, the fire-stop sleeve must be installed flush with the lower ceiling surface. For wall
Figure 7.56 Sealing operation. Figure 7.57 Cleaning of pipe. Figure 7.58 Sleeve closure.
S.p.A.
Valsir
© 2010
S.p.A.
Valsir
© 2010
S.p.A.
Valsir
© 2010
7
Figura 7.59 Attachment clasps. Figura 7.60 Sleeve fastening.
©
20
10
Va
lsir S
.p.
A.
167
7.3.4 Normative references
The Standards and the relative Quality Marks are indicated in the following table.
Country Standard
7.4 Testing
The testing of waste systems involves tests and verifications that are carried out both during installation and on completion of the system.
Valsir proposes the tests contained in the Italian Standard UNI 9183:1987, that has been replaced by UNI EN 12056-1 and UNI EN 12056-5,
in that in the European Standards no reference is made to any type of test to verify the acceptability of the system.
a) Flushing contemporarily the fixtures determined by the calculation of the maximum contemporary flow for each system stack.
b) Verify that the drainage is regular and without returns, gurgling or variations in general.
c) Verify that the pans are capable of discharging light objects such as paper, cigarette butts, matchsticks, etc.
168
7.5 Laying of sewers or non-pressure underground conduits
The polyethylene pipes of the type BD can also be laid underground. Particular attention needs to be paid to the trench that will house the
pipework, the dimensions of which must match the prescribed dimensions, as illustrated in the figures below. Suitable machinery must be
used in order to prevent possible subsiding. The bed of the trench where the pipework will be laid, must be perfectly flat, and free of stones
or similar objects. Before the pipework is laid, a layer of approximately 10 cm of sand and strained clay must be deposited on the bed of the
trench. Once the pipework has been laid, the same type of material (sand and strained clay) is used to fill in the trench to a height of 15-20
cm above the upper side of the pipe. This layer must be suitably pressed in order to prevent any possible movement of the pipework. It is
important that the sand is pressed down immediately after the pipework has been laid: any subsiding that occurs where the ground has not
been made compact could cause the uncovering of the pipe. The depth at which the pipes are laid should take various factors into account,
such as, the possibility of heavy vehicles transiting over the spot, the problem of freezing, of the possibility of the pipe being compressed by
the backfill; we therefore advise observing the measurements shown in the figures below, they are, in fact, a result of tests and experience
acquired over time. The minimum filling height from the top side of the pipe must be 80 cm (Figure 7.61). If heavy vehicles are expected to
transit over the pipes then it is recommended to cover the trench with a light concrete casting once it has been filled in with sand, in order
to improve distribution of the compression forces (Figure 7.62). If two or more pipes are to be laid in the same trench, any possible contact
between them should be avoided; it is therefore recommended to leave a space of 10-15 cm between the pipes. To allow for any future
maintenance work this space will be filled in with sand.
The sections shown to the side, illustrate normal laying conditions. It is possible to create a trench where the pipe is laid in concrete; in this
case the behaviour of the conduit will be rigid and will not undergo deformations, unlike the previous examples where the pipes are flexible
(Figure 7.63). In underground waste conduits, thermal fluctuations are limited; that means that also the thermal expansions and contractions
are reduced. Therefore, it is possible to connect longer sections of pipe together without necessarily having to insert an expansion socket
every 6 meters. Where expansion sockets are employed on underground pipes, the insertion indications (0-20) shown on the fittings need
not be followed; it is recommended to insert the pipe as far as the bar, mark the depth and then extract it by 40 mm (Figure 7.64).
Backfill
S.p.A.
D
Sleved sand
cm. 10
cm. 20 D cm. 20
169
Figure 7.62 Laying of pipework in trenches with transit of heavy vehicles.
© 2010
Valsir
Backfill
S.p.A.
Light concrete
cm. 15 ÷ 20
D
Sleved sand
cm. 10
cm. 20 D cm. 20
Backfill
.A.
cm. 10
D
Concrete
cm. 10
Installation and testing
cm. 20 D cm. 20
170
A Definitions
Term Definition
Aeration valve Valve that allows the inlet of air into the sewer system but impedes the outlet of air. It has
the scope of limiting the variations in pressure in the sanitary pipework.
Air flow Qa Minimum air flow through a ventilation conduit or an aeration valve, measured with a
pressure fall of 250 Pascal, in litres per second [l/s].
Fitting with section equal to the pipe, that forms an angle equal to or smaller than 45° or
Angle branch that has a development along its own axis greater than or equal to the internal diameter of
the pipe.
Continuous flow Qc Flow of all the continuous flows (for example the cooling waters), in litres per second [l/s].
Depth of the water seal H Depth of the water that should be eliminated from a trap that is completely full, before the
gas and foul smells at atmospheric pressure can pass through the trap.
Domestic sanitary fixtures Fixed fixtures supplied with water, used for cleaning or washing. For example: bathtubs,
showers, washbasins, bidets, WCs, urinals, sinks, dishwashers and washing machines.
Domestic waste water Water contaminated by use and usually discharged by WCs, showers, bathtubs, bidets,
washbasins, sinks and floor drains.
Drainage unit DU Average waste flow of a sanitary fixture, expressed in litres per second [l/s].
External diameter De Average external diameter of the conduit in any transversal section.
Filling degree Relationship between the height of the water h and the internal diameter Di.
Fitting bend First fitting after the trap in the direction of the flow.
Floor drain Waste accessory having the function of receiving the floor water through openings in a grid
or from pipes fitted to the body of the accessory. A drain may include a trap.
Frequency coefficient K Variable that takes into consideration the frequency of use of the sanitary fixtures.
APPENDIX
Grey waters Waste water that does not contain faecal matter or urine.
Hydraulic capacity Qmax Maximum flow of water allowed in a branch, a stack or a waste manifold, in litres per
second [l/s].
Industrial waste waters Industrial waste water and water contaminated/polluted by production processes, including 8
water from cooling systems.
Internal diameter Di Average internal diameter of the conduit in any transversal section.
Minimum internal diameter di,min Minimum internal diameter allowed, taking into account the maximum tolerances.
171
Term Definition
Mixed system Waste system supplied with one conductor for the drainage of meteorological water and
waste water.
Nominal diameter DN Numerical designation of the dimension, which is a suitably rounded-off number, that
corresponds approximately to the diameter expressed in millimetres.
Non-domestic sanitary fixtures Special sanitary fixtures used in industrial kitchens, washrooms, laboratories, hospitals,
hotels, swimming pools, etc.
Pumping flow Qp Pumping flow of waste water in litres per second [l/s].
Relief vent of the waste stack Extension of a vertical waste stack above the connection of the highest branch, with the
end terminated in open air.
Separated system Waste system supplied with separate conductors for the drainage of meteorological water
and waste water.
Square branch Fitting with section equal to the pipe, that forms an angle greater than 45° or that has a
development along its own axis smaller than the internal diameter of the pipe.
Total flow Qtot The total flow is the sum of the waster water flows Qww, of the continuous flow Qc and the
pumping flow Qp, in litres per second [l/s].
Trap Device having the scope of preventing the passage of foul-smelling air by means of a water
seal.
Vent stack Main vertical ventilation pipe, fitted to a waste stack, having the task of limiting the pressure
fluctuations inside the waste stack.
Ventilation conduit Conduit having the function of limiting the pressure fluctuations inside the waste system.
Waste branch Pipe that connects the sanitary fixtures to the waste stack or to a waste manifold.
Waste conduit Arrangement of pipes and fittings connected to a waste system with or without a ventilation
conduit.
Waste manifold Sub-horizontal pipework, surface-mounted inside a building or underground to which the
waste stack and the ground floor sanitary fixtures are connected.
APPENDIX
Waste stack Main pipework (generally vertical) that transports the waste water deriving from the sanitary
fixtures.
System composed of a waste conductor and other components for the collection and
Waste system drainage of waste systems by gravity. The rising systems of waste waters can be considered
part of gravity waste systems.
Water contaminated by use and all water that flows in the waste system; for example,
8 Waste water domestic and industrial waste water, condensation water and also meteorological waste if
discharged into a waste water system.
Waste water flow Qww Total project flow deriving from the sanitary fixtures in a waste system or in part of it; in
litres per second [l/s].
White waters Waters deriving from non-contaminated precipitations or from garden, kitchen garden or
park irrigation systems.
172
B Flow in waste manifolds
The flow in waste manifolds, unlike the flow in pressure pipes for aqueducts, does not occupy the entire section but just a part of it; the
characteristics of the flow can be represented by different hydraulic formulae. The formula utilised in this text in the Chézy formula, as
shown:
v = R J [B.1]
where:
v is the flow velocity [m/s],
R is the hydraulic radius of the pipe [m],
χ is the coefficient of loss which according to Bazin is given by the following formula:
87
= [B.2]
1+
R
S
R = [B.3]
p
Deq = 4 R [B.4]
These sizes can be expressed as a function of the filling degree of the pipe h/Di:
h
= 2 arccos 1 2 [B.5]
APPENDIX
Di
Di sen
R = 1 [B.6]
4
sen
Deq = Di 1 [B.7]
8
as can the section of the wet perimeter:
2 sen
S = Di [B.8]
8
p = Di [B.9]
2
173
C The materials
C.1 Polyethylene
Polyethylene was first discovered in the laboratories of the Industrial Chemical Industries, in England, by E. W. Fawcett and R. O. G. Gibson
that discovered traces of polyethylene in the form of a white powder obtained by the polymerisation of ethylene at elevated temperatures
and pressures. In 1933 l.C.I. obtained a patent and the industrial production started in 1938: they first produced low density polyethylene
with applications in household products. In the mid 50s two new patents were deposited for the manufacture of polyethylene, by Professor
Ziegler and the Phillips Petroleum Co.: the new industrial process allowed the creation of a polyethylene with the same chemical composition
but with a higher density by utilising catalysts and by working at low pressures and low temperatures. Other procedures and improvements
were introduced over the years thanks to research, the experience obtained and the technical and commercial requirements, to the
extent that today the raw material now available is extremely reliable, durable and versatile and is used in multiple fields for the widest of
applications: fuel tans, electric wire sheathing, gas pipelines, residential waste and sewer systems, bottles, food containers, stretch film,
packaging, etc.
What is polyethylene?
Polyethylene is a thermoplastic resin obtained by the polymerisation of ethylene, C2H4, an unsaturated hydrocarbon, whose physical state
under normal conditions is gaseous. The polymerisation process consists of uniting the ethylene molecules to form long chains that then
become solid compounds that are the base resins, called polymers. The molecules that make up the polymers can be more or less ramified,
close together or far apart, and long or short. These characteristics determine the properties of the polyethylene.
The principal characteristics are therefore:
■■ The density (which depends on the distance between the molecules).
■■ The distribution of the molecular weight (which depends on the distance and the length of the molecules).
There is also a medium density polyethylene. In particular, low density polyethylene is characterised by a highly ramified structure, while high
density polyethylene is more linear. “Additives” are then added to the base resins in order to make them suitable for specific applications
and for different transformation processes.
Characteristics
High density polyethylene (945 ÷ 965 kg/m3), characterised by a very crystalline molecular structure (slightly ramified molecules which are
close together), is also utilised for the manufacture of pipes and fittings for waste systems.
The Standards allow their use in gravity waste systems, at a maximum temperature of 95°C for:
■■ Sanitary appliances.
■■ Rainwater ducts.
■■ Aggressive fluids in schools, laboratories and industrial buildings (for the resistance to chemical agents verify compatibility in the
enclosed tables).
The reasons for the widespread use of this material can be found in its properties:
■■ Elevated mechanical resistance.
8 ■■ Flexibility.
■■ Corrosion resistance.
■■ Ease of installation.
■■ Elevated versatility.
In particular, as compared with metal pipes, polyethylene is easier to connect, offers greater flexibility, and greater resistance to corrosion.
As compared with other plastic materials, it offers a more ample operating temperature (-40°C ÷ +95°C), greater flexibility, a more elevated
mechanical resistance, and greater impact resistance. HDPE is not flame-retardant, the use of fire-stop sleeves is therefore necessary at
each passage through walls or ceilings.
174
C.2 Polypropylene
Polypropylene is one of the more recently discovered plastics and is obtained by polymerising propylene. It was first discovered in 1950
by Fontana who, operating in the presence of particular catalysers (Friedel - Crafts) created a type that was characterised by a disorderly
structure with an elevated molecular weight. The synthesis of isotactic polypropylene – obtained by Giului Natta in 1954 - was an important
breakthrough for industrial purposes. Isotactic polypropylene is particular, in that the methylic radicals are all arranged on the same side of
the chain. Montedison commenced production in 1957 under the trademark “Moplen”. Later on, various European, American and Japanese
companies started production trading under different trade names.
What is polypropylene?
Polypropylene is one of multiple derivatives of propylene (CH3 – CH = CH2). Depending on the polymerisation conditions and the type of
catalyser employed, the polymers can present a orderly configuration, so-called because the monomerical units present a distinguished
configuration, just as their succession law is distinguished. In fact, different types of propylene with extremely differentiated properties
and applications are known deriving from the different structure of the macromolecules; their properties are then influenced, not only by
the molecular weight, but also by the presence of ramifications along the molecular chain. It is important to note that polymers with an
orderly arrangement (isotactic and syndiotactic PP) have an elevated crystallisation degree, a relatively high melting temperature and good
mechanical properties. On the other hand, atactic polypropylenes do not tend to crystallise and have elastomerical properties that do not
make it particularly interesting for production purposes. Other products, among which trimer and tetramer are utilised as intermediates in
the chemical industry. For industrial applications, only isotactic polymers are taken into consideration in that, the others, even though they
are interesting from a scientific point of view, are not currently under development for commercial uses. Polypropylene is a thermoplastic
resin, characterised therefore, by the tendency to alter its aggregation state in relation to the temperature. Polypropylene, in fact, forms
a plastic state when heated and returns rigid when cooled; this characteristic enables the production of products by injection, extrusion,
blown-extrusion and vacuum forming. It is never employed in its pure state but additives are used with particular compounds, called
“loads”, in order to obtain the mechanical characteristics needed for the employment of various products. The toy industry was one of
the first to employ PP to replace other materials, above all thanks to the ease of molding of objects even of considerable dimensions such
as the bodywork of pedal cars, sleighs etc. The electro domestics industry is a huge consumer for the manufacture of components for
polishing machines, coffee grinders, blenders, vacuum cleaners, ventilators etc. The car industry uses it for producing containers for air
filters, corrugated pipes, cooling fans. The chemical industry uses it for the production of containers, tubs, pipes, valves, also for aggressive
liquids. We recommend consultation of the Italian Standard 6/83 UNI ISO/TR 7471 pertaining to “Chemical resistance toward fluids” – Pipes
and fittings in polypropylene PP). The electronics industry employs it for the bodywork of radios and recorders, supports or insulating bases.
There is also a large quantity of objects that we use on a daily basis, such as shelves, hinges for furniture, seats, and various containers
that give an idea of the extreme versatility of polypropylene.
Characteristics
The isotactic polymer is characterised by a crystalline molecular structure which, in commercial products, is between 45% and 60%.
It is odourless, colourless, and slightly transparent which means that it is easily coloured in a vast range of dyes with elevated superficial
shine. Although similar to high density polyethylene, it distinguishes itself, in normal conditions, by the following aspects:
■■ Lower density (900 ÷ 950 kg/m3).
175
Like high density polyethylene, it offers excellent dielectric properties independent of the frequency. High frequency heating is therefore
not possible.
Due to the elevated insulating characteristics, polypropylene tends toward electrostatic charges; where this phenomenon is not compatible
with the employment of the product an antistatic modification is made.
Where requested, particular “loads” are added to the product in its pure state, to obtain characteristics that are coherent with its employment;
for example, halogens (bromides) are added in order to render the product “flame-retardant”. Improvement of the characteristics at low
temperatures is achieved by copolymerisation with other olefins (generally, ethylene).
Polypropylene is resistant to a large number of chemical products. It is highly resistance, in fact, to detergents and surface-active products,
even at elevated temperatures, to watery solutions of inorganic salts, weak inorganic acids, alkaline solutions, alcohol and some oils.
Polypropylene is not compatible with strong oxidising agents such as chlorosulphonic acid, 100% oleum, fuming nitric acid and halogenated
hydrocarbon.
Alteration phenomena may occur with the use of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons such as petrol and benzyl, especially at high
temperatures. It absorbs very little water (less than 0.02%) and such absorption is limited to the superficial layers. Finally, it is worth
highlighting that, due its elevated resistance to chemical agents, polypropylene is not suitable for solvent welding.
In practice, gluing can be carried out only with polychloroprene-based adhesives.
The characteristics mentioned, combined with the particular technology used by Valsir, make polypropylene a material that is extremely
suitable for the manufacture of pipes and fitting for waste systems with push-fit fittings. Polypropylene is resistant to almost all acids and
mineral bases, even concentrated, at temperatures exceeding 60°C.
The behaviour of the product when in contact with different organic chemical agents depends on the entity with which such agents are
absorbed by the polymer; this entity in turn depends on the type of chemical agent and the temperature at which it comes into contact
with the polymer itself. In general, the higher the temperature the greater the quantity of agent that is absorbed by the polypropylene and
therefore, the variations in the mechanical characteristics of the polymer are more evident.
APPENDIX
176
D NORMATIVE AND LEGISLATIVE REFERENCES
Decree of President of Ministers Maximum limits of noise exposure in households and external Official Document n. 57 dated 8
dated 1 march 1991 - Italy environments march 1991
DIN 4109 Sound insulation in buildings - requirements and testing Year 1989
177
E Chemical resistance of HDPE and PP
The following table indicates the chemical resistance of high density polyethylene (HDPE) and polypropylene (PP) in accordance with the
standard document ISO/TR 10358:1993.
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Acetaldehyde 40% 20 S Vinegar Oper.sol. 20 S S
Acetaldehyde 60 L Vinegar 60 S S
Acetaldehyde Tg-l 20 L Acetophenone Tg-s 20 S
Acetaldehyde 60 S Acetophenone 60 L
Silver acetate Sat.sol. 20 S S Acetophenone Tg-s 20 S
Silver acetate 60 S S Acetophenone 60 L
Butyl acetate Tg-l 20 L Acetone Tg-l 20 L S
Butyl acetate 60 NS Acetone 60 L S
Butyl acetate 100 NS Acetone Tg-l 20 L S
APPENDIX
178
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Acetic acid 80% 20 S Hydrochloric acid, damp Tg-g 20 S
gas
Glacial Acetic acid >96% 20 S S Hydrochloric acid, damp
gas 60 S
Glacial Acetic acid 60 L L
Chloroacetic acid Sol. 20 S S
Glacial Acetic acid 100 NS
Chloroacetic acid 60 S
Adipic acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Chlorosulphonic acid 20 NS NS
Adipic acid 60 S S
Chlorosulphonic acid 60 NS NS
Adipic acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Chlorosulphonic acid 100 NS
Adipic acid 60 S S
Chromic acid 20% 20 S
Benzoic acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Chromic acid 60 L
Benzoic acid 60 S S
Chromic acid 40% 20 S
Boric acid Sol. dil. 20 S S
Chromic acid 60 L
Boric acid 60 S S
Chromic acid 50% 20 S
Boric acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Chromic acid 60 L
Boric acid 60 S S
Dichloroacetic acid Tg-l 20 L
Hydrobromic acid 20% 20 S
Diglycolic acid Sat.sol. 20 S
Hydrobromic acid 60 S
Hydrofluoric acid 10% 20 S S
Hydrobromic acid 50% 20 S S
Hydrofluoric acid 60 S S
Hydrobromic acid 60 S L
Hydrofluoric acid 40% 20 S
Hydrobromic acid Tg-g 20 S
Fluosilic acid 40% 20 S
Hydrobromic acid 60 S
Fluosilic acid 60 S
Butyric acid Tg-l 20 S
Formic acid 10% 20 S S
Butyric acid 60 L
Formic acid 60 S S
Hydrocyanic acid 10% 20 S
Formic acid 40% 20 S S
Hydrocyanic acid 60 S
Formic acid 60 S S
Citric acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Formic acid Tg-l 20 S S
Citric acid 60 S S
Formic acid 60 S NS
Hydrochloric acid 10% 20 S S
APPENDIX
Phosphoric acid < 50% 20 S S
Hydrochloric acid 60 S S
Phosphoric acid 60 S S
Hydrochloric acid 20% 20 S S
Phosphoric acid 100 S
Hydrochloric acid 60 S S
Phosphoric acid from 50% to 75% 20 S
Hydrochloric acid 30% 20 S S
Phosphoric acid 50
Hydrochloric acid 60 S L
Phosphoric acid 60 S 8
Hydrochloric acid 36% 20 S S
Phosphoric acid 80
Hydrochloric acid 60 S
Phosphoric acid 100
Hydrochloric acid, dry gas Tg-g 20 S
Phosphoric acid from 25% to 85% 20 S
Hydrochloric acid, dry gas 60 S
Phosphoric acid 50
Hydrochloric acid, damp Tg-g 20 S
gas Phosphoric acid 60 S
179
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Phosphoric acid 80 Propionic acid 50% 20 S
Phosphoric acid 100 S Propionic acid 60 S
Glycolic acid Sol. 20 S Propionic acid > 50% 20 S
Glycolic acid 60 S Propionic acid Tg-l 20 S
Lactic acid 10% 20 S S Propionic acid 60 L
Lactic acid 60 S S Salicylic acid Sat.sol. 20 S S
Lactic acid 90% 20 S S Salicylic acid 60 S
Lactic acid 60 S S Hydrogen sulphide Tg-g 20 S S
Maleic acid Sol. 20 S S Hydrogen sulphide 60 S S
Maleic acid 60 S S Sulphuric acid Up to 10% 20 S S
Maleic acid Sat.sol. 20 S S Sulphuric acid 60 S S
Maleic acid 60 S S Sulphuric acid 100 S
Chloroacetic acid (mono) >85% 20 S Sulphuric acid 15% 20 S S
Chloroacetic acid (mono) 60 S Sulphuric acid 60 S
Nitric acid 5% 20 S S Sulphuric acid 10% to 30% 20 S S
Nitric acid 60 S Sulphuric acid 60 S S
Nitric acid 20% 20 S S Sulphuric acid 10% to 50% 20 S S
Nitric acid 60 S NS Sulphuric acid 60 S
Nitric acid 25% 20 S S Sulphuric acid 20 S S
Nitric acid 60 S NS Sulphuric acid 60 S L
Nitric acid 30% 20 S Sulphuric acid 100 L
Nitric acid 60 NS Sulphuric acid 50% to 75% 20 S
Nitric acid 35% 60 NS Sulphuric acid 60 S
Nitric acid 50% 20 L L Sulphuric acid Up to 30% 20 S S
Nitric acid 60 NS NS Sulphuric acid 60 S
Nitric acid >50% 20 NS NS Sulphuric acid 96% 20 S
Nitric acid 60 NS NS Sulphuric acid 100 NS
APPENDIX
180
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Tartaric acid Sat.sol. 20 S S Methanol 60 L
Tartaric acid 60 S S Methanol Tg-l 20 S S
Chloroacetic acid (tri) Up to 50% 20 S Methanol 60 S
Chloroacetic acid (tri) 60 S Amyl alcohol Tg-l 20 S S
Water 20 S S Amyl alcohol 60 L L
Water 60 S S Amyl alcohol 60 S S
Water 100 S Amyl alcohol 100 S
Chlorine water Sat.sol. 20 L S Isopropyl alcohol Tg-l 20 S
Chlorine water 60 NS L Isopropyl alcohol 60 S
Distilled water 20 S S Aluminium Chloride Sosp. 20 S S
Distilled water 60 S S Aluminium Chloride 60 S S
Distilled water 100 S Aluminium Chloride Sosp. 20 S S
Fresh water 20 S S Aluminium Chloride 60 S S
Fresh water 60 S S Aluminium hydroxide Sosp 20 S S
Fresh water 100 S Aluminium hydroxide 60 S S
Sea water 20 S S Aluminium hydroxide Sosp 20 S S
Sea water 60 S S Aluminium hydroxide 60 S S
Sea water 100 S Aluminium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Mineral water Oper.sol. 20 S S Aluminium nitrate 60 S S
Mineral water 60 S S Aluminium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Mineral water 100 S Aluminium nitrate 60 S S
Hydrogen peroxide 10% 20 S S Aluminium Chloroxide Sosp. 20 S S
Hydrogen peroxide 60 S S Aluminium Chloroxide 60 S S
Hydrogen peroxide 30% 20 S S Aluminium Chloroxide Sosp. 20 S S
Hydrogen peroxide 60 S L Aluminium Chloroxide 60 S S
Hydrogen peroxide 90% 20 S NS Aluminium potassium Sat.sol. 20 S S
sulphate
Hydrogen peroxide 60 NS NS Aluminium potassium 60 S S
APPENDIX
sulphate
Potable water Oper.sol. 20 S S
Aluminium potassium Sat.sol. 20 S S
Potable water 60 S S sulphate
Aluminium potassium 60 S S
Potable water 100 S sulphate
Methanol 5% 20 S Ammonia 60 S S
181
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Ammonia Sat.sol. 20 S S Potassium bicarbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Ammonia 60 S S Potassium bicarbonate 60 S S
Ammonia gas Tg-g 20 S S Potassium bicarbonate 100 S
Ammonia gas 60 S S Sodium bicarbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Ammonia gas Tg-g 20 S S Sodium bicarbonate 60 S S
Ammonia gas 60 S S Sodium bicarbonate 100 S
Ammonium acetate Sat.sol. 20 S Potassium dichromate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Ammonium acetate 60 S Potassium dichromate 60 S S
Ammonium acetate Sat.sol. 20 S Potassium dichromate 100 S
Ammonium acetate 60 S Potassium dichromate 40% 20 S
Ammonium Sulphide 60 S S Potassium dichromate 60 S
Acetic anhydride Tg-l 20 S S Sodium dichromate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Acetic anhydride 60 L Sodium dichromate 60 S S
Sulphuric anhydride Tg-l 20 NS Sodium dichromate 100 S
Sulphuric anhydride 60 NS Carbon dioxide, dry Tg-g 20 S S
Sulphur dioxide dry 20 S S Carbon dioxide, dry 60 S S
Sulphur dioxide dry 60 S Beer 20 S S
Sulphur dioxide damp 20 S Beer 60 S S
Sodium antimonate Sat.sol. 20 S S Misenite Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium antimonate 60 S S Misenite 60 S S
Air Tg-g 20 S S Sodium hydrogen sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Air 60 S S Sodium hydrogen sulphate 60 S S
Air Tg-g 20 S S Carbon disulfide Tg-l 20 NS L
Air 60 S S Carbon disulfide 60 NS NS
Sodium arsenate Sat.sol. 20 S S Borax Sol. 20 S S
Sodium arsenate 60 S S Borax 60 S S
Benzaldehyde Tg-l 20 S Borax Sat.sol. 20 S S
APPENDIX
Benzaldehyde 60 L Borax 60 S S
Benzene Tg-l 20 NS L Potassium borate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Benzene 60 NS L Potassium borate 60 S S
Petrol Oper.sol. 20 S NS Potassium bromate Sat.sol. 20 S
182
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Bromine liquid 60 NS NS Potassium cyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S
Bromine liquid 100 NS Potassium cyanide 60 S
Potassium bromide Sat.sol. 20 S S Sodium cyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S
Potassium bromide 60 S S Sodium cyanide 60 S
Sodium bromide Sat.sol. 20 S S Cyclohexanol tg-s 20 S S
Sodium bromide 60 S S Cyclohexanol 60 S L
Butane gas Tg-g 20 S S Cyclohexanone Tg-l 20 S L
Butane gas 60 S Cyclohexanone 60 L NS
Butyl-phthalate Tg-l 20 S Cyclohexanone Tg-l 20 S
Butyl-phthalate 60 L Ethyl chlorate Tg-g 20 NS
Butyl-phthalate 100 L Calcium chlorate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Butyl glycol Tg-l 20 S Calcium chlorate 60 S S
Butylphenol Sat.sol. 20 S Ethyl chlorate 60 NS
Ammonium carbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S Magnesium chlorate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Ammonium carbonate 60 S S Magnesium chlorate 60 S S
Bismuth carbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S Sodium chlorate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Bismuth carbonate 60 S S Sodium chlorate 60 S S
Calcium carbonate Sosp. 20 S S Iron chlorate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Calcium carbonate 60 S S Iron chlorate 60 S S
Magnesium carbonate Sosp. 20 S S Sodium chloride 2% 20 S S
Magnesium carbonate 60 S S Sodium chloride 60 L
Potassium carbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S Sodium chloride 100 NS
Potassium carbonate 60 S S Sodium chloride 20% 20 S
Sodium carbonate Sat.sol. 20 S S Sodium chloride 60 L
Sodium carbonate 60 S S Sodium chloride 100 NS
Sodium carbonate 25% 20 S S Chlorine gas dry Tg-g 20 NS
Sodium carbonate 60 S S Chlorine gas dry 60 NS
APPENDIX
183
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Calcium chloride 100 S Dextrin 60 S S
Methylene chloride Tg-l 20 L Dextrose Sol. 20 S S
Methylene chloride 60 NS Dextrose 60 S S
Nickel chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Dichloroethylene Tg-l 20 L
Nickel chloride 60 S S Dichloroethylene Tg-l 20 L
Potassium chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Dichloroethylene 60 L
Potassium chloride 60 S S Dimethylammine tg-g 20 S
Copper chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Dimetholformammide Tg-l 20 S
Copper chloride 60 S S Dimetholformammide 60 S
Sodium chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Dioxane Tg-l 20 S L
Sodium chloride 60 S S Dioxane 60 S L
Sodium chloride 10% 20 S S Diottyl-phthalate Tg-l 20 S L
Sodium chloride 60 S S Diottyl-phthalate 60 L L
Sodium chloride 100 S Heptane Tg-l 20 S L
Tin chloride (II) Sat.sol. 20 S S Heptane 60 NS NS
Tin chloride (II) 60 S S Hexane Tg-l 20 S
Tin chloride (IV) Sol. 20 S S Hexane 60 L
Tin chloride (IV) 60 S S Turpentine essence Tg-l 20 NS
Thionyl chloride Tg-l 20 NS Turpentine essence 60 NS
Thionyl chloride 60 NS Turpentine essence 100 NS
Zinc chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Ethanolammine Tg-l 20 S
Zinc chloride 60 S S Ethanol 40% 20 S
Zinc chloride 58% 20 S S Ethanol 60 L
Zinc chloride 60 S S Ethanol 95% 20 S
Mercury chloride Sat.sol. 20 S S Ethanol 60 S
Mercury chloride 60 S S Ethyl ether Tg-l 20 L S
Cresylic acid Tg-l 20 S Ethyl ether 60 L L
APPENDIX
184
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Potassium ferrocyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S Gelatine 60 S S
Potassium ferrocyanide 60 S S Glycerine Tg-l 20 S S
Sodium ferrocyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S Glycerine 60 S S
Sodium ferrocyanide 60 S S Ethylene glycol Tg-l 20 S
Sodium ferrocyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S Ethylene glycol 60 S
Sodium ferrocyanide 60 S S Ethylene glycol Tg-l 20 S S
Ammonium fluoride <20% 20 S S Ethylene glycol 60 S S
Ammonium fluoride 60 S S Glucose Sol. 20 S S
Potassium fluoride Sat.sol. 20 S S Glucose 60 S S
Potassium fluoride 60 S S Hydroquinone Sat.sol. 20 S S
Copper fluoride 20 S Hydroquinone 60 S S
Copper fluoride 60 S Hydrogen Tg-g 20 S S
Copper fluoride 2% 20 S S Hydrogen 60 S S
Copper fluoride 60 S S Calcium hydroxide Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium flouride Sat.sol. 20 S S Calcium hydroxide 60 S S
Sodium flouride 60 S S Magnesium hydroxide Sat.sol. 20 S S
Fluorine gas dry Tg-g 20 NS NS Magnesium hydroxide 60 S S
Fluorine gas dry 60 NS NS Potassium hydroxide Sol. 20 S
Fluorine gas wet Tg-g 20 NS Potassium hydroxide 60 S
Fluorine gas wet 60 NS Potassium hydroxide 10% 20 S S
Formaldehyde 40% 20 S S Potassium hydroxide 60 S S
Formaldehyde 60 S Potassium hydroxide 100 S
Sodium phosphate acid Sat.sol. 20 S S Potassium hydroxide 20% 20 S
Sodium phosphate acid 60 S S Potassium hydroxide 60 S
Ammonium phosphate Sat.sol. 20 S Potassium hydroxide 100 S
Sodium phosphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Potassium hydroxide 100 S
Sodium phosphate 60 S S Potassium hydroxide Up to 50% 20 S
APPENDIX
185
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Sodium hydroxide 60 S Carbon monoxide 60 S S
Sodium hydroxide 100 S Nafta Oper.sol. 20 S
Iodine Sat.sol. 20 NS NS Nafta 60 NS
Iodine 60 NS NS n-butanol Tg-l 20 S S
Iodine in alcohol Oper.sol. 20 NS NS n-butanol 60 L S
Iodine in alcohol 60 NS NS n-butanol 100 L
Ioduro di potassio Sat.sol. 20 S Ammonium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Calcium hypochlorite (10% Sol. 20 S S Ammonium nitrate 60 S S
chlorine)
Calcium hypochlorite (10% 60 S S Ammonium nitrate 100 S
chlorine)
Silver nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Potassium hypochlorite Sol. 20 S
Silver nitrate 60 S S
Potassium hypochlorite 60 L
Silver nitrate 100 L
Sodium hypochlorite 5% 20 S
Calcium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium hypochlorite 60 S
Calcium nitrate 60 S S
Sodium hypochlorite 10% to 15% 20 S S
Magnesium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium hypochlorite 60 S
Magnesium nitrate 60 S S
Sodium hypochlorite 12.5% Cl 20 S
Nickel nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium hypochlorite 60 S
Nickel nitrate 60 S S
Isotane Tg-l 20 L
Potassium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Isotane 60 NS
Potassium nitrate 60 S S
Lanoline Oper.sol. 20 S
Copper nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Lanoline 60 L
Copper nitrate 60 S S
Milk Oper.sol. 20 S S
Copper nitrate 100 S
Milk 60 S S
Sodium nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Beer yeast Sosp. 20 S
Sodium nitrate 60 S S
Beer yeast 60 S
Zinc nitrate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Molasses Oper.sol. 20 S
Zinc nitrate 60 S S
Molasses 60 S
APPENDIX
186
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Oleum 60 NS NS Oxygen 60 L
Oleum 100 NS Oxygen gas Tg-g 20 S S
Oleum 20 NS NS Oxygen gas 60 L
Oleum 60 NS NS Ozone tg-g 20 L
Oils and greases Tg-l 20 S Ozone 60 NS
Oils and greases 60 L Ozone Tg-g 20 L
Mineral oils Oper.sol. 20 S Ozone 60 NS
Mineral oils 60 L Sodium perborate Sat.sol. 20 S
Peanut oil Oper.sol. 20 S Potassium perchlorate Sat.sol. 20 S
Peanut oil 60 S Potassium perchlorate 60 S
Canphor oil Tg-l 20 NS Potassium perchlorate 10% 20 S
Canphor oil 60 NS Potassium perchlorate 60 S
Canphor oil 100 NS Potassium permanganate 20% 20 S
Corn oil 20 S Potassium permanganate 60 S
Corn oil 60 L Potassium permanganate (2N) 30% 20 S
Mint oil Oper.sol. 20 S Ammonium persulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Olive oil Oper.sol. 20 S Ammonium persulphate 60 S S
Olive oil 60 S Potassium persulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Parafin oil Tg-l 20 S Potassium persulphate 60 S S
Parafin oil 60 L Pyridine Tg-l 20 S L
Parafin oil 100 NS Pyridine 60 L
Castor oil Tg-l 20 S Propane gas Tg-g 20 S
Castor oil 60 S Sodium silicate Sol. 20 S S
Soya oil Oper.sol. 20 S Sodium silicate 60 S S
Soya oil 60 L Copper sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Olive oil Oper.sol. 20 S Copper sulphate 60 S S
Olive oil 60 S Copper sulphate 100 S
APPENDIX
187
T T
Compound Concentration HDPE PP Compound Concentration HDPE PP
[°C] [°C]
Magnesium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Tetralin Tg-l 20 NS
Magnesium sulphate 60 S S Tetralin 60 NS
Magnesium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Tetralin 80 NS
Magnesium sulphate 60 S S Ammonium tiocyanide Sat.sol. 20 S S
Potassium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Ammonium tiocyanide 60 S S
Potassium sulphate 60 S S Thiophen Tg-l 20 S
Sodium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Thiophen 60 L
Sodium sulphate 60 S S Potassium tiosulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S
Sodium sulphate 0.10% 20 S S Potassium tiosulphate 60 S S
Sodium sulphate 60 S S Sodium tiosulphate Sat.sol. 20 S
Sodium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Toluene Tg-l 20 L L
Sodium sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Toluene 60 NS NS
Sodium sulphate 60 S S Toluene 100 NS
Sodium sulphate 40% 20 S S Trichloroethylene Tg-l 20 NS NS
Sodium sulphate 60 S S Trichloroethylene 60 NS NS
Sodium sulphate 100 S Trichloroethylene 100 NS
Zinc sulphate Sat.sol. 20 S S Tricloruro di fosforo Tg-l 20 S
Zinc sulphate 60 S S Tricloruro di fosforo 60 L
Potassium sulphide Sat.sol. 20 S S Triethanolamine Sol. 20 S S
Potassium sulphide 60 S S Triethanolamine 60 L
Calcium sulphide acid Sol. 20 S S Trifluoro borium Sat.sol. 20 S S
Calcium sulphide acid 60 S S Urea Sol. 20 S
Potassium sulphide acid Sol. 20 S S Urea 60 S
Potassium sulphide acid 60 S Urea Sat.sol. 20 S
Ammonium sulphide Sat.sol. 20 S S Urine 20 S S
Calcium sulphide Sol. Dil. 20 L Urine 60 S S
Calcium sulphide 60 L Wine Oper.sol. 20 S S
APPENDIX
188
F Technical informations on products
APPENDIX
189
G MEASUREMENT UNITS
Length metres m
Mass kilograms kg
Time seconds s
Electricity amps A
Temperature Kelvin K
Luminous Intensity candela cd
Quantity of a substance mole mole
Plane angle radian rad
Solid angle steradian sr
Length
1 inch = 25.40 mm
1 ft (foot) = 0.3048 m
1 yd (yard) = 0.9144 m
1 mi (US mile) = 1.609 km
1 mi (marine mile) = 1.852 km
Area
1 inch2 = 645.2 mm2
1 ft2 = 0.09290 m2
Volume e capacity
1l = 0.001 m3
1 inch3 = 16.39 cm3
1 ft3 = 0.02832 m3
1 gal US (gallon) = 0.003785 m3
1 gal US = 3.785 l
APPENDIX
1 gal UK = 0.004546 m3
1 gal UK = 4.546 l
Mass
1 kg = 2.204 lb
1 t (ton) = 1000 kg
8 1 oz (ounce) = 28.35 g
Density
1 lb/ft3 = 16.02 kg/m3
Force
1 N (Newton) = 0.102 kgf
1 kgf (kg force) = 9.81 N
1 lbf = 4.448 N
190
Pressure
1 Pa = 1 N/m2
1 bar = 100000 Pa
1 bar = 1.019 kg/cm2
1 bar = 14.48 psi
1 atm (physical atmosphere) = 101325 Pa
1 atm = 760 mm Hg
1 at (technical atmosphere) = 1 kg/cm2
1 at = 736 mm Hg
1 at = 10 m H2O
1 atm = 1.033 at
1 lb/inch 2
= 6.895 kPa
1 inch H2O = 249.1 Pa
1 inch Hg = 3.386 kPa
1 mm H2O = 9.807 Pa
1 mm Hg = 133.3 Pa
1 torr = 133.3 Pa
1 mbar = 100 Pa
1 psi = 1 lb/inch2
Energy – Heat – Work
1 Btu (British Thermal Unit) = 1.055 kJ
1 kWh = 3.6 MJ
1 kcal = 4.187 kJ
1 J (Joule) = 1 N·m
1J = 0.102 kgf·m
Power
1 kW (Watt) = 1.36 CV
1 kW = 1.34 HP
1 kW = 0.860 kcal/h
1 kcal/h = 1.162 W
1 CV = 0.986 HP
1 HP = 1.014 CV
APPENDICE
1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W
1 J/s = 1W
Portata
1 ft3/h = 7.866 ml/s
1 ft /min
3
= 471.9 ml/s
1 l/s = 60 l/min 8
1 l/s = 3600 l/h
1 l/s = 3.6 m3/h
191
Energy flow
1 Btu/ft3 = 37.26 kJ/m3
1 kcal/m3 = 4.187 kJ/m3
1 Btu/lb = 2.326 kJ/kg
1 kcal/kg = 4.187 kJ/kg
Heat flow
1 Btu/ft2·h = 3.155 W/m2
1 Btu/inch2·h = 454.2 W/m2
1 kcal/m2·h = 1.162 W/m2
Specific heat
1 Btu/lb·°F = 4.187 kJ/kg·K
1 kcal/kg·°C = 4.187 kJ/kg·K
1 Btu/ft ·°F
3
= 67.07 kJ/m·K
1 kcal/m ·°C3
= 4.187 kJ/m3·K
Thermal conductivity
1 Btu/ft·h·°F = 1.731 W/m·K
1 kcal/m·h·°C = 1.162 W/m·K
1 cal/cm·s·°C = 418.7 W/m·K
Thermal conductance
1 Btu/ft2·h·°F = 5.678 W/m2·K
1 kcal/m2·h·°C = 1.162 W/m2·K
1 cal/cm2·s·°C = 41.87 W/m2·K
Temperature scales
1 K (Kelvin) = 5/9·°R
1°R (Rankine) = °F + 459.67
1°C (Celsius) = 5/9·(°F - 32)
1K = 5/9·(°F + 459.67)
1K = °C + 273.15
APPENDIX
192
NOTE
193
9 CATALOGUE
Guide
Any lower ordered quantity will be automatically rounded up, without notice, to package quantity or package multiple Valsir S.p.A. reserves
the right to amend, even without notice, the features of the products illustrated on the tecnical manual.
Valsir S.p.A. apologizes for any possible mistakes found on the price list and overlooked during the verification.
194
9.1 High density polyethylene electro-
fusion waste and drainage system
(HDPE)
L 3000 Di HDPE pipe L 3000 mm
S
A
D/DN
cm2
NB: The PN values have been obtained with the following formula:
PN = 2δ ⋅ s
D-s
A
D/DN
cm2
196
L 5000 Di HDPE pipe L 5000 mm, SDR 26
S
A
D/DN
cm2
45° bend
L
1
S
45 °
K
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN S L1 K kg HxLxP
VS0306001 32 30 3 37 20 0.020 50 400 4000 1130x800x1200
VS0306003 40 40 3 45 20 0.030 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0306005 50 50 3 45 20 0.040 40 320 1920 1060x800x1200
VS0306006 56 56 3 45 20 0.045 30 240 1440 1060x800x1200
VS0306007 63 60 3 50 20 0.060 40 320 1600 1180x800x1200
VS0306009 75 70 3 50 20 0.070 25 200 1000 1180x800x1200
VS0306011 90 90 3.5 55 20 0.110 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0306013 110 100 4.3 60 25 0.170 25 100 400 1050x800x1200
VS0306015 125 125 4.9 65 25 0.245 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0306017 160 150 6.2 69 20 0.430 1 - - 930x800x1200
R
K
L
D/DN s
COD. D DN S L R K kg HxLxP
VS0306019 200 200 6.2 217 230 125 1.700 1 930x800x1200
VS0306021 250 250 7.8 231 270 125 2.450 1 930x800x1200
VS0306023 315 300 9.8 249 325 125 3.800 1 930x800x1200
Segmented.
197
45° bend with socket branch
1
N
/D
L3
L2
D1
4 5°
S
L1
D/DN
L 88°30’ bend
K
S
88°30’
L
D/DN
COD. D DN S L K kg HxLxP
VS0304000 32 30 3 48 20 0.025 50 400 4000 1130x800x1200
VS0304001 40 40 3 50 20 0.035 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0304003 50 50 3 60 20 0.050 30 240 1440 1060x800x1200
VS0304004 56 56 3 65 20 0.060 30 240 1440 1180x800x1200
VS0304005 63 60 3 70 20 0.075 30 240 1200 1180x800x1200
VS0304007 75 70 3 75 20 0.095 20 160 800 1180x800x1200
VS0304009 90 90 3.5 80 20 0.135 15 120 600 1180x800x1200
VS0304011 110 100 4.3 95 25 0.230 20 80 320 1210x800x1200
VS0304013 125 125 4.9 103 35 0.330 15 60 240 1210x800x1200
VS0304015 160 150 6.2 123 35 0.700 1 - - 930x800x1200
L2
90° bend
S
R
L1
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
D/DN
COD. D DN S L1 L2 R K kg HxLxP
VS0302003 40 40 3 150 30 30 120 0.070 50 400 2000 1180x800x1200
VS0302005 50 50 3 180 40 40 140 0.095 25 200 1200 1180x800x1200
VS0302006 56 56 3 210 40 40 170 0.120 25 200 1000 1180x800x1200
VS0302007 63 60 3 210 50 50 160 0.145 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0302009 75 70 3 210 70 70 140 0.180 25 100 400 1050x800x1200
VS0302011 90 90 3.5 240 90 90 150 0.280 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
9 VS0302013
VS0302015
110
125
100
125
4.3
4.9
270
200
100
110
100
110
170
90
0.490
0.490
10
10
40
40
160
160
1050x800x1200
1210x800x1200
VS0302017 160 150 6.2 140 140 140 - 0.690 1 - - 930x800x1200
198
L2
90° long radius bend
R
K
L1
K
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S L1 L2 R K kg HxLxP
VS0302019 200 200 6.2 248 248 175 75 1.745 1 930x800x1200
VS0302021 250 250 7.8 324 324 230 100 3.400 1 930x800x1200
VS0302023 315 300 9.8 348 348 245 105 5.890 1 930x800x1200
Segmented.
L1
90° short radius bend
R
L
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S L L1 R K kg HxLxP
VS0359001 90 90 3.5 270 50 50 200 0.300 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0359003 110 100 4.3 300 60 60 220 0.500 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
L2
90° reducing bend
D/DN
L1
S
D1/DN1
D/DN
R
L2 S
D1/DN1
199
180° bend
R
L
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S L R kg HxLxP
VS0307001 40 40 3 40 40 0.045 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0307003 50 50 3 49 50 0.070 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0307004 56 56 3 49 49 0.085 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0307005 63 60 3 63 64 0.115 20 160 800 1180x800x1200
VS0307007 75 70 3 75 74 0.210 10 80 480 1180x800x1200
VS0307009 90 90 3.5 90 88 0.330 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
VS0307011 110 100 4.3 103 99 0.450 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
D1
/D
N1
45° branch
K3
45 ° S
1
L3
2
K
L
L2
L1
K1
D/DN S
200
D1
/D
N1
45° reducing branch
S1
K3
°
45
L3
K2
L
L2
L1
K1
D/DN S
VS0310071 160/75 150/70 6.2 3 375 125 250 - 130 80 100 1.200 1 - - 950x800x1200
VS0310072 160/90 150/90 6.2 3.5 375 125 250 - 120 70 90 1.200 1 - - 950x800x1200
VS0310039 160/110 150/100 6.2 4.3 375 125 250 - 110 45 55 1.250 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310041 160/125 150/125 6.2 4.9 375 125 250 - 100 40 50 1.300 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310074 200/40 200/40 6.2 3 490 180 360 310 232 180 160 1.800 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310075 200/50 200/50 6.2 3 490 180 360 310 225 175 155 1.818 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310076 200/56 200/56 6.2 3 490 180 360 310 220 170 150 1.830 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310077 200/63 200/60 6.2 3 490 180 360 310 215 170 145 1.840 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310078 200/75 200/70 6.2 3 540 180 360 360 210 160 185 2.000 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310079 200/90 200/90 6.2 3.5 540 180 360 360 200 155 175 2.075 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310043 200/110 200/100 6.2 4.3 540 180 360 - 150 140 65 2.400 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310045 200/125 200/125 6.2 4.9 540 180 360 - 140 130 55 2.500 1 - - 930x800x1200 9
VS0310047 200/160 200/150 6.2 6.2 540 180 360 - 115 85 35 2.700 1 - - 930x800x1200
201
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 S S1 L L1 L2 L3 K1 K2 K3 kg HxLxP
VS0310081 250/40 250/40 7.7 3 660 220 400 440 300 185 270 3.700 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310082 250/50 250/50 7.7 3 660 220 400 440 290 180 260 3.720 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310083 250/56 250/56 7.7 3 660 220 400 440 285 175 255 3.730 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310084 250/63 250/60 7.7 3 660 220 400 440 280 175 250 3.740 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310085 250/75 250/70 7.7 3 660 220 400 440 275 165 245 3.750 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310086 250/90 250/90 7.7 3.5 660 220 400 440 265 160 235 3.790 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310049 250/110 250/100 7.8 4.3 660 220 440 - 215 185 150 4.400 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310051 250/125 250/125 7.8 4.9 660 220 440 - 205 175 140 4.750 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310053 250/160 250/150 7.8 6.2 660 220 440 - 180 130 50 4.850 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310055 250/200 250/200 7.8 6.2 660 220 440 - 150 50 90 5.000 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310088 315/40 300/40 9.7 3 840 280 500 560 390 240 355 7.43 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310089 315/50 300/50 9.7 3 840 280 500 560 385 235 350 7.45 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310090 315/56 300/56 9.7 3 840 280 500 560 380 235 345 7.46 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310091 315/63 315/60 9.7 3 840 280 500 560 375 225 340 7.47 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310092 315/75 300/70 9.7 3 840 280 500 560 365 220 330 7.48 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310093 315/90 300/90 9.7 3.5 840 280 500 560 355 215 320 7.53 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310057 315/110 300/100 9.8 4.3 840 280 560 - 305 260 235 8.60 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310059 315/125 300/125 9.8 4.9 840 280 560 - 290 250 220 9.15 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310061 315/160 300/150 9.8 6.2 840 280 560 - 270 205 200 9.15 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310063 315/200 300/200 9.8 6.2 840 280 560 - 240 125 175 9.45 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0310065 315/250 300/250 9.8 7.8 840 280 560 - 205 130 140 9.25 1 - - 930x800x1200
Welded.
88
88° 30’ branch
K3
°
30
’
L3
D1/DN1
L
S1
K2
L1
L2
K1
S
D/DN
202
88 °
30 88° 30’ sweep branch
’
K3
D1/DN1
L3
L
L1
S1
K2
L2
S
K1
D/DN
88
L3
°3
0’
D1/DN1
S1
L
K2
L1
L2
K1
S
D/DN
VS0313023 160/110 150/100 6.2 4.3 350 210 140 135 45 60 1.120 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313025 160/125 150/125 6.2 4.9 350 210 140 125 45 50 1.145 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313027 200/110 200/100 6.2 4.3 360 180 180 70 60 70 1.510 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313029 200/125 200/125 6.2 4.9 360 180 180 65 60 65 1.460 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313031 200/160 200/150 6.2 6.2 360 180 180 45 50 45 1.600 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313033 250/110 250/100 7.8 4.3 440 220 220 110 75 110 2.715 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313035 250/125 250/125 7.8 4.9 440 220 220 105 75 105 2.420 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313037 250/160 250/150 7.8 6.2 440 220 220 85 65 85 2.800 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313039 250/200 250/200 7.8 6.2 440 220 220 65 60 65 2.820 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313041 315/110 300/100 9.8 4.3 560 280 280 170 100 170 5.315 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313043 315/125 300/125 9.8 4.9 560 280 280 165 100 165 5.420 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313045 315/160 300/150 9.8 6.2 560 280 280 145 90 145 5.370 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0313047 315/200 300/200 9.8 6.2 560 280 280 120 65 120 5.570 1 - - 930x800x1200 9
VS0313049 315/250 300/250 9.8 7.8 560 280 280 95 65 95 5.620 1 - - 930x800x1200
Welded.
203
K3
45° double reducing branch
D1
/D
N1
S1
L3
K2
L
L2
L1
45° 45°
K1
S
D/DN
D1 /
S1 DN
1 60° Y branch
S1
60°
K2
L2
L1
K1
S
D/DN
D/DN
S 88 90° 2-way ball branch
°3
0’
S1
K3
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
K2
K1
L2
204
D/DN
S 88 135° 2-way ball branch
°30
’
K3
S1
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
K2
K1
L2
D/DN
’ 180° 2-way ball branch
° 30 88
°3
88 0’
S
K3
S1
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
K2
K1
L2
VS0318013 125/125 125/125 4.9 4.9 220 110 125 15 25 0.625 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
205
D/DN
30
’ 88 90° 3-way ball branch
° °3
88 0’
S
S1
K3
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
K2
K1
L2
D/DN
’ 135° 3-way ball branch
°30 88
88
K3
°3
0’
S
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
S1
K2
K1
L2
VS0320027 125/125 125/125 4.9 4.9 220 110 125 15 25 0.670 5 20 40 950x800x1200
206
D/DN
0’ 88 90° 4-way ball branch
°3 °3
K3
88 S 0’
S1
L3
D1/DN1
H
L1
K2
K1
L2
DE
°
90
90
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 S ° S1 H L1/L3 L2 K1/K3 K2 kg HxLxP
VS0322001 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 220 105 120 15 15 0.480 5 20 80 1050x800x1200
VS0322002 110/56 100/56 4.3 3 220 105 120 15 15 0.480 5 20 80 1050x800x1200
VS0322003 110/75 100/70 4.3 3 220 105 120 15 15 0.475 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
VS0322004 110/90 100/90 4.3 3.5 220 105 120 15 15 0.535 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322005 110/110 100/100 4.3 4.3 220 105 120 15 15 0.575 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322007 125/50 125/50 4.9 3 220 105 125 15 15 0.530 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
VS0322008 125/56 125/56 4.9 3 220 105 125 15 15 0.485 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322009 125/75 125/70 4.9 3 220 105 125 15 15 0.425 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322010 125/90 125/90 4.9 3.5 220 105 125 15 15 0.680 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322011 125/110 125/100 4.9 4.3 220 105 125 15 25 0.690 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0322013 125/125 125/125 4.9 4.3 220 105 125 15 25 0.740 5 20 40 954x800x1200
L
L1 L2 L3 L4 Ventilation branch
H3
D2
D1
D3
H
H2
D5
D6
D4
H1
D/DN
VS0316179 160 150 110 max 75 max 310 90 160 60 190 1010 460 170 380 5.000 1 930x800x1200
207
45° access pipe with screw cap
DE
D1
/D
45°
N1
L
HS1
L2
L1
K1
S
D/DN
DE
90° access pipe with screw cap
H
D/DN
K1 L1 L2
S
K2
L
COD. D DN S L L1 L2 H DE K1 K2 kg HxLxP
VS0348001 40 40 3 130 75 55 69 54 45 20 0.085 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0348003 50 50 3 150 90 60 75 70 55 25 0.130 20 160 800 1180x800x1200
VS0348004 56 56 3 175 105 70 84 85 65 30 0.195 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0348005 63 60 3 175 100 75 80 82 60 25 0.175 15 120 600 1180x800x1200
VS0348007 75 70 3 175 105 70 117 117 55 25 0.365 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
VS0348009 90 90 3.5 200 120 80 125 123 65 25 0.520 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
VS0348011 110 100 4.3 240 140 100 94 146 65 20 0.620 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
VS0348013 125 125 4.9 250 150 100 124 146 70 20 0.770 5 20 80 1050x800x1200
VS0348015 160 150 6.2 350 210 140 145 146 105 30 1.355 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0348017 200 200 6.2 360 180 180 165 146 180 25 1.710 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0348019 250 250 7.8 440 220 220 190 146 220 40 3.075 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0348021 315 300 9.8 560 280 280 225 146 280 70 5.500 1 - - 930x800x1200
L
L2 ABS inspection pipe with oval access
D/DNL1
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
COD. D DN L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0349003 125 125 380 192-262 300 1.770 1 930x800x1200
VS0349005 160 150 400 230-300 300 2.275 1 930x800x1200
Sell out.
DE
Stop end, low type
L2
L3
L
1
L
D/DN S
9 COD. D DN S L L1 L2 L3 DE kg HxLxP
VS0340111 110 100 4.3 63 12 33 50 149 0.315 15 120 600 1180x800x1200
208
DE
Stop end
L2
L3
L
L1
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S L L1 L2 L3 DE kg HxLxP
VS0340001 40 40 3 75 30 34 66 60 0.075 40 320 1920 1060x800x1200
VS0340003 50 50 3 75 30 33 66 70 0.080 40 320 1920 1180x800x1200
VS0340004 56 56 3 77 30 34 66 80 0.120 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0340005 63 60 3 76 30 43 66 85 0.135 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
VS0340007 75 70 3 103 30 45 87 109 0.280 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0340009 90 90 3.5 103 30 46 88 128 0.355 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0340011 110 100 4.3 106 30 65 89 144 0.500 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
D1/DN1
S1 Concentric reducer
K
L2
L
L1
K
D/DN S
209
D1/DN1
S1 Concentric mini reducer
L2
L
L1
K
D/DN S
D1/DN1
S1 Mini reducer
L2
K
L
L1
S
K
D/DN
D1/DN1
S1 Eccentric reducer
K
L1
L
L2
K
S
D/DN
9 VS0358033
VS0358035
125/63
125/75
125/60
125/70
4.9
4.9
3
3
80
80
37
37
35
35
20
20
0.125
0.130
10
10
80
80
480
480
1060x800x1200
1060x800x1200
210
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 S S1 L L1 L2 K kg HxLxP
VS0358037 125/90 125/90 4.9 3.5 80 37 35 20 0.130 10 80 480 1060x800x1200
VS0358039 125/110 125/100 4.9 4.3 80 37 35 20 0.135 10 80 480 1060x800x1200
VS0358038 160/110 150/100 6.2 4.3 80 37 35 20 0.230 5 40 240 1060x800x1200
VS0358040 160/125 150/125 6.2 4.9 80 37 35 20 0.220 5 40 240 1060x800x1200
S1
S
D1/DN1
D/DN
K2
K1 L2
L1
L1
L2 Bend with cap for trap connection
DE
D1
L
90°
S
D
L
Long bend for trap connection
D/DN
L1
90°
S
D1/DE
211
L
L1 Sleeve with cap for trap connection
DE
D
D1
COD. D/D1 S DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0332000 32/46 3 52 30 20 0.020 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0332001 40/46 3 52 30 20 0.015 50 400 4000 1130x800x1200
VS0332003 50/46 3 52 30 20 0.015 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0332005 50/58 3 64 38 20 0.020 40 320 1920 1060x800x1200
VS0332007 56/46 3 52 38 20 0.020 40 320 1920 1060x800x1200
VS0332009 56/58 3 64 38 20 0.025 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
With protective cap for sockets.
L
Rubber grommet
D1
D2
COD. D1 D2 L kg HxLxP
VS0334003 46 24-32 22 0.020 100 800 8000 1130x800x1200
VS0334005 46 36-40 22 0.010 150 1200 7200 1060x800x1200
VS0334007 58 36-40 22 0.20 100 800 4800 1060x800x1200
VS0334021 40 24-32 22 0.020 50 1000 8000 1010x800x1200
For codes VS0330001-VS0330003-VS033005-VS0330009-VS0330011-VS0331005-VS0335003-VS0332000-VS0332001-VS0332003 - VS0332007.
For codes VS0330007-VS0332005-VS0332009.
For code VS0333001.
L
Protective cap for trap connection bend
L1
DE
D
COD. D DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0503222 46 56 30 5 0.010 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
DE
Short ring seal socket with protective cap
L1
L
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0326001 90 90 3.5 108 42 31.5 0.070 25 200 1200 1060x800x1200
VS0326003 110 100 4.3 130 42 31.5 0.115 25 200 600 1015x800x1200
VS0326111 110 90 4.3 110 43.5 - 0.140 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
212
DE
D1/DN1 Ring seal socket with cap
L
L1
S
D/DN
DE
D 1-lip seal for sockets
H
COD. D/DN DE H B kg
VS0391001 32/30 40.5 6 4.9 0.002 50
VS0391003 40/40 51.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391005 50/50 61.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391007 56/50 67.5 7.8 6.5 0.010 50
VS0391009 63/50 74 7.8 6 0.010 20
VS0391011 75/70 86.6 7.8 6.5 0.010 20
VS0391222 100/100 114 9.3 8.2 0.020 20
VS0391013 90/80 103 8.9 7.5 0.015 20
VS0391015 110/100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125/125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
213
DI O-ring for sockets
H
COD. D/DN DI H kg
VS0392000 32/30 31 5 0.005 20
VS0392001 40/40 39 6 0.005 20
VS0392003 50/50 49 6 0.005 20
VS0392004 56/56 54 6 0.005 20
VS0392005 63/60 62 6 0.010 20
VS0392007 75/70 79 6 0.010 20
VS0392009 90/90 89 6 0.010 20
VS0392011 110/100 109 7 0.015 20
VS0392013 125/125 124 8 0.025 20
VS0392015 160/150 159 9 0.035 20
DE
Expansion socket
Max 6m
20°0°
L
30
L1
44
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S DE L L1 K kg HxLxP
VS0328000 32 30 3 40 93 9 - 0.040 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0328001 40 40 3 73 235 60 40 0.160 20 160 960 1180x800x1200
VS0328003 50 50 3 81 235 56 40 0.200 20 160 800 1180x800x1200
VS0328004 56 56 3 90 235 50 40 0.220 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0328005 63 60 3 96 235 56 40 0.250 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0328007 75 70 3 109 235 56 40 0.300 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
VS0328009 90 90 3.5 117 235 54 40 0.335 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0328012 ▲ 110 100 4.3 140 255 46 20 0.500 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
VS0328013 125 125 4.9 154 235 53 40 0.625 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
VS0328015 160 150 6.2 192 260 72 40 1.010 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0328017 200 200 6.2 228 350 80 40 1.850 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0328019 250 250 7.8 280 440 183 100 3.380 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0328021 315 300 9.8 350 480 183 100 6.100 1 - - 930x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
Without cap.
For rigid pipe support.
214
DE
D Seal for expansion sockets
H
B
H1
COD. D DN L DE H H1 kg HxLxP
VS0350001 40 40 64 52 68 3 0.055 10 240 3360 120x800x1200
VS0350003 50 50 60 63 80 3 0.070 10 190 2850 120x800x1200
VS0350004 56 56 60 70 86 3 0.085 10 160 2400 120x800x1200
VS0350005 63 60 60 77 92 3 0.080 10 140 1960 120x800x1200
VS0350007 75 70 60 90 105 3 0.105 10 480 1440 120x800x1200
VS0350009 90 90 60 106 121 3 0.135 10 350 1050 120x800x1200
VS0350011 110 100 60 126 143 3 0.165 10 270 810 120x800x1200
VS0350013 125 125 60 142 158 3 0.210 5 200 600 120x800x1200
VS0350015 160 150 60 178 194 3 0.260 5 120 360 120x800x1200
VS0350117 200 200 153 233 248 3 1.705 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0350119 250 250 153 285 300 3 2.135 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0350121 315 300 153 350 365 3 2.610 1 - - 930x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
215
L
Fire collar
N
D/D
H
COD. D DN L H
VS0410001 40 40 22.4 69 1
VS0410003 50 50 22.4 69 1
VS0410005 56 56 32.4 85 1
VS0410007 63 60 32.4 85 1
VS0410009 75 70 42.4 121 1
VS0410011 90 90 47.4 151 1
VS0410013 110 100 47.4 151 1
VS0410015 125 125 32.5 162 1
VS0410017 160 150 112.5 209 1
VS0410019 200 200 175 255 1
VS0410021 250 250 230 315 1
VS0410023 315 300 330 395 1
DE
Sliding connector
L
D/DN S
COD. D DN S L DE kg HxLxP
VS0355017 160 150 6.7 230 185 1.225 1 930x800x1200
VS0355019 200 200 6.7 270 226 1.445 1 930x800x1200
VS0355021 250 250 8.3 300 284 2.910 1 930x800x1200
VS0355023 315 300 10.4 320 354 5.100 1 930x800x1200
DE
Bi-joint
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
D/DN S
COD. D DN S L H DE kg HxLxP
VS0357017 160 150 6.7 230 6 185 1.240 1 930x800x1200
VS0357019 200 200 6.7 270 6 226 1.815 1 930x800x1200
VS0357021 250 250 8.3 300 7 284 5.140 1 930x800x1200
VS0357023 315 300 10.4 320 9 354 7.330 1 930x800x1200
216
DE
DI WC pan connector with protective cap
L
L1
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 HxLxP
VS0352001 90 90 3.5 120 131 67 12 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0352003 110 100 4.3 120 131 68 15 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
DE
DI Extended WC pan connector with protective cap without seal
L
S
D/DN
L1
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0356001 90 90 3.5 110 117 125 9 0.175 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0356003 110 100 4.3 110 117 125 11 0.170 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
D
PP white flange for HTSK fitting
H
D1
COD. D D1 H kg HxLxP
VS0588003 90 145 35 0.035 20 160 960 970x800x1200
VS0588001 110 165 35 0.040 20 160 640 850x800x1200
DE
DI Extended floor pan connector with 2 seals
L1
D/DN S
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0361001 110 100 4.3 102±5 140 166 125 0.420 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
217
L1
Long connection sleeve for wall-hung pan with seal
DI
D/DN
DE
K
S
L
COD. D DN S DE DI L L1 K kg HxLxP
VS0366125 90 90 3.5 140 102±5 250 200 150 0.360 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
VS0366133 90 90 3.5 140 102±5 300 260 200 0.420 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
Mod. A L Straight connector for wall-hung pan with seal and protective cap
Connection to PVC
D1/DN1
DE
S1 L3 L4 S L1
L2
D/DN
L
Mod. B Connection to PVC
D1/DN1
DE
S1 L3 L4
S
D/DN
L2 L1
Mod. C L
L1
S1
S
D1/DN1
D/DN
DE
DE
DI Connection sleeve for back-to-wall WC toilet
L
L1
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0365001 90 90 3.5 102±5 140 166 130 0.285 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
VS0365003 110 100 4.30 102±5 140 166 130 0.355 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
218
L2 L3
Connection kit for wall-hung WC toilet
D1/DN1
WASHER D32
L1
NUT M12
DI
D/DN
DE
L
S
COD. D/D1 DN S DI DE L L1 L2 L3 kg HxLxP
VS0366001 90/44 90 3.5 102±5 132 166 122 195 24 0.450 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
VS0366003 110/44 100 4.3 102±5 132 166 129 199 24 0.530 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
With O-ring.
Without O-ring.
DI
D/DN
DE
L
S
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0367001 90 90 3.5 102±5 133 166 128 0.380 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
VS0367003 110 100 4.3 102±5 131 166 128 0.440 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
DE
DI WC toilet bend with protective cap
L1
S
D/DN
K
L
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 K kg HxLxP
VS0360001 90 90 3.5 120 132 270 115 200 0.420 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
VS0360003 110 100 4.30 120 132 300 125 200 0.600 10 40 120 1054x800x1200
DE
DI Extended WC toilet bend with protective cap CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
L1
S
D/DN
K
L
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 K kg HxLxP
VS0362001 90/110 90 3.5 110 116 270 160 200 0.490 15 60 120 950x800x1200
VS0362003 110/110 100 4.3 110 116 300 170 220 0.670 10 40 80 950x800x1200
VS0362125 110/125 100 4.3 125 132 300 190 220 0.705 10 40 80 950x800x1200
Without cap.
219
DE
DI WC toilet extended bend with protective cap, branch on right
L1
D1/DN1
D/DN
S1
L2 L3
L
S
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 S S1 DI DE L L1 L2 L3 kg HxLxP
VS0363001 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 110 116 120 165 140 60 0.455 10 40 120 1054x800x1200
DE
DI
Extended WC toilet bend with left inlet and protective cap
L1
D/DN
D1/DN1
S1
L3 L2
S
D/DN
DE
DI
L2
1 S1
D
/D
1
N
220
L
Extended WC toilet bend with 2 inlets
L3 with protective cap and
K blank end for side inlet
L1
S
D/DN
DE
DI
D1
/D
L2
N1
S1
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 S S1 DI DE L L1 L2 L3 K kg HxLxP
VS0381001 90/40 90/40 3.5 3 110 116 270 160 87 115 80 0.545 5 20 80 1050x800x1200
VS0381003 90/50 90/50 3.5 3 110 116 270 160 87 115 80 0.555 5 20 80 1050x800x1200
VS0381005 100/40 100/40 4.3 3 110 116 300 170 100 115 120 0.755 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
VS0381007 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 110 116 300 170 87 120 120 0.735 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
VS0381125 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 125 131 300 190 87 115 120 0.745 5 20 80 1210x800x1200
Without cap.
D/DN
DE
DI
S
D1 L2
L2
/D
N1
S1
S
D/DN
DE
DI
D1
/D
L2
S1
N1
VS0379003 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 110 117 300 170 87 120 107 0.790 5 20 60 1054x800x1200
VS0379125 110/50 100/50 4.3 3 125 130 300 190 87 115 107 0.790 5 20 40 950x800x1200
Without cap.
221
L1 WC toilet bend for wall-hung pan
Mod. A L2 Mod. C
Mod. B L1 L1 with seal and protective cap
L2 L2
D/DN
DE
D/DN
DE
D/DN
DE
L
L
K
H2
H1 H
H2
H
S S
D1/DN1 S
H1
D1/DN1 D1/DN1
30° 30°
S1
L2
L
S
D/DN
D/DN
L
L3
L2
D1/DN1
DE
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
222
Bend for wall-hung WC toilet,
S1 horizontal installation, right, with seal and cap
K
L1
D/DN
L
L3
L2
D1/DN1
DE
L2
and protective caps
S
L1
D/DN
L4
L3
L K
DE
0°
L2 D/DN
L1
L
DE
DI
α=45°
L2
45°
L1
S
DN
D/
L
DE
DI
α=90°
L1
L2
90°
S
D/DN
L
COD. D DN α S DI DE L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0375001 110 100 0° 4.3 102±5 140 270 215 170 0.720 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0375003 110 100 45° 4.3 102±5 140 240 225 160 1.002 5 20 40 950x800x1200
VS0375005 110 100 90° 4.3 102±5 140 340 225 220 0.990 5 20 40 950x800x1200
9
223
DE
D2 Seal for sleeves, traps and WC toilet bends
H
COD. D/DN D2 DE H Colour kg HxLxP
VS0386001 125/125 102±5 134 23.5 Black 0.125 20 160 1600 1130x800x1200
VS0386003 125/125 102±5 134 23.5 White 0.100 20 160 1600 1130x800x1200
For codes VS0365.
For codes VS0352-VS0354-VS0362125-VS0356-VS0366-VS0367-VS0375-VS0378-VS0380-VS0353.
DE
D2 Seal for WC toilet sleeves and extended bends
COD. D D2 DE H kg HxLxP
VS0388001 115 102±5 120 23.5 0.082 30 240 1440 1060x800x1200
For codes VS0353-VS0362-VS0363.
D/DN
224
Stub end
D/DN
D1
D2
S
L1
L
COD. D DN S D1 D2 L L1 kg
VS0347003 50 50 3 88 61 63 12 0.075 1
VS0347005 56 56 3 94 72 90 12 0.115 1
VS0347007 63 60 3 102 75 90 15 0.125 1
VS0347009 75 70 3 122 89 90 15 0.185 1
VS0347011 90 90 3.5 138 106 90 15 0.215 1
VS0347013 110 100 4.3 158 120 100 18 0.335 1
VS0347015 125 125 4.9 158 128 100 18 0.340 1
VS0347017 140 140 4.9 188 150 100 18 0.450 1
VS0347019 160 150 6.2 212 175 100 18 0.585 1
VS0347021 200 200 6.2 268 232 128 20 0.920 1
VS0347023 250 250 7.8 320 285 130 20 1.480 1
VS0347025 315 300 9.8 370 236 130 20 1.720 1
D1
D2
225
M
Painted aluminium blank flange
S
D1
D2
D/DN S
COD. D DN S kg
VS0343003 50 50 3 0.020 1
VS0343005 56 56 3 0.020 1
VS0343007 63 60 3 0.020 1
VS0343009 75 70 3 0.030 1
VS0343011 90 90 3 0.040 1
VS0343013 110 100 3 0.045 1
VS0343015 125 125 3 0.035 1
VS0343017 140 140 3 0.060 1
VS0343019 160 150 3 0.070 1
VS0343021 200 200 3 0.110 1
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
226
L 3 3
Galvanised bolt with washer and nut for flange
M/D
13/16
D1
D/DN
S Male adaptor with o-rings for connection to PVC
L1
L
H1 H2
D1/DN1 S1
227
D/DN
S Male adaptor with o-rings for connection to PVC
L1
L
H1 H2
D1/DN1
DI
O-ring for adaptors (HDPE - PVC)
H
COD. D DI H kg
VS0392222 100 95 2.62 0.002 20
For codes VS0353001-VS0353003-VS0354001-VS0366090-VS0366110-VS0364090-VS0364100.
DE
DI O-ring for adaptors (HDPE - PVC)
D1/DN1
L
L1
S
D/DN
DE
DI WC toilet connector for PVC with ring seal
D1/DN1
L
L1
H2
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
H1
D/DN S
COD. D DN S DI DE L L1 H1 H2 kg HxLxP
VS0354001 100 100 4.3 102±5 140 166 125 17 30 0.350 10 80 240 1015x800x1200
228
DE
Seal for connecting sleeve (PVC)
D2
H1
H
D
A
A Contraction sleeve for connection to cast iron, asbestos, steel pipes
D1
B S1
L2
L
L1
A D1
S1
K
B
L2
A
L
L1
D S D S
MOD.1
COD. D D1 S S1 L L1 L2 K A B kg HxLxP
VS0383001 50 60 3 3 300 240 60 170 53-54 48-49 0.165 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383003 50 73 3 3 275 220 55 170 60-67 53-60 0.145 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383005 50 80 3 3 285 230 55 170 67-74 60-67 0.170 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383007 50 90 3 3 305 235 70 170 80-84 73-77 0.205 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383009 50 100 3 3 310 240 70 170 90-94 83-87 0.215 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383011 56 60 3 3 265 205 65 140 53-54 48-49 0.130 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383013 56 73 3 3 245 190 55 140 60-67 53-60 0.130 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383015 56 80 3 3 245 190 55 140 67-74 53-60 0.150 15 120 360 1015x800x1200
VS0383017 56 90 3 3 265 195 70 140 80-84 60-67 0.180 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383019 56 100 3 3 270 200 70 140 90-94 83-87 0.200 15 60 240 1210x800x1200
VS0383021 63 73 3 3 265 205 65 140 60-67 53-60 0.180 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383023 63 80 3 3 245 195 55 140 67-74 60-67 0.165 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383025 63 90 3 3 265 195 70 140 80-84 73-77 0.175 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
VS0383027 63 100 3 3 265 205 70 140 90-94 83-87 0.170 15 60 240 1050x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
MOD.2
COD. D D1 S S1 L L1 L2 K A B kg HxLxP
VS0382003 110 125 4.3 4.3 165 43.5 100 - 102-111 100-109 0.250 10 40 160 1050x800x1200
VS0382005 110 140 4.3 4.3 180 80 100 - 102-126 100-124 0.310 10 40 160 1210x800x1200
VS0382007 125 150 4.9 4.9 180 80 100 - 116-136 115-134 0.425 10 40 120 1054x800x1200
229
Metal adaptor (brass)
D
L2
L
L1
D1
COD. D D1 L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0570001 32 32 61 26 33 0.065 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0570002 40 32 59 28 25 0.040 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0570003 40 40 55 25 25 0.040 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0570005 50 50 40 10 26 0.065 20 400 2800 935x800x1200
L
Firenze trap with access D 110
S
D/DN
K1
L1
L2
COD. D DN S L L1 L2 K1 kg
VS0375110 110 100 4.3 580 105 50 20 1.320 1
VS0375125 125 125 4.9 650 100 50 20 1.810 1
VS0375160 160 150 6.2 870 140 50 30 3.560 1
DE Offsetting fitting
D1/DN1
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
L2
L1
L
K
S
D/DN
230
Flange bushing
DE
L1
L
S1
L1
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S S1 DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0344001 40 40 3 4 46 64 30 0.025 50 400 4000 1130x800x1200
VS0344003 50 50 3 4 57 68 32 0.030 50 400 2400 1060x800x1200
VS0344004 56 56 3 4 64 68 32 0.035 40 320 1920 1060x800x1200
VS0344005 63 60 3 4 71 72 34 0.045 20 160 1600 1130x800x1200
VS0344007 75 70 3 5 84 83 39.5 0.060 20 160 960 1180x800x1200
VS0344009 90 90 3.5 5 100 100 47.5 0.100 15 120 600 1180x800x1200
VS0344011 110 100 4.3 6 120 112 53.5 0.165 10 80 400 1180x800x1200
COD. D DN S S1 DE L L1 L2 HxLxP
VS0344215 200 200 6.2 15 13 191 60 41 1 - 80 950x800x1200
VS0344217 250 250 7.7 20 262 201 60 41 1 - 48 950x800x1200
VS0344219 315 300 9.7 20 326 201 60 41 1 - 28 950x800x1200
DG
Cap and lining - curved
K
H
D
S
RUBBER SEAL
COD. D DG S L H K Nut kg
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
HxLxP
VS0700180 40 1”1/4 3 130 25 100 Brass 0.100 20 160 1280 930x800x1200
VS0700190 40 1”1/2 3 130 30 100 Brass 0.105 20 160 1280 930x800x1200
FIBRE SEAL
231
Cap and lining - curved
DG
H
D1
D
L1 L2
S
L
RUBBER SEAL
FIBRE SEAL
DE
Cap and lining seal
H
DG
L
S
D
RUBBER SEAL
FIBRE SEAL
232
DE
Cap and lining - long
H
DG
L
K
S
D
RUBBER SEAL
FIBRE SEAL
DE
D1/DN1 Threaded coupling
L2
L
L3
L1
D/DN S
233
DE
DG Threaded joint with brass threaded union
H
H1
S
D
COD. D DG S DE H H1 kg HxLxP
VS0387001 40 1/2” 3 60 81 74 0.180 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0387003 40 3/4” 3 60 84 74 0.240 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0387007 50 1/2” 3 71 92 76 0.150 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
VS0387009 50 3/4” 3 71 95 76 0.185 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
VS0387011 50 1” 3 71 95 76 0.245 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
D/DN Nut
L2
RG
DE
COD. D DN RG DE L2 kg HxLxP
VS0338840 40 40 52 60 34 0.025 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0338850 50 50 62 70 33 0.030 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0338856 56 56 71 80 34 0.050 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0338863 63 60 76 85 43 0.060 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0338875 75 70 96 109 45 0.100 10 80 800 1130x800x1200
VS0338890 90 80 112 128 46 0.145 10 80 480 1060x800x1200
VS0338811 110 100 132 144 65 0.210 10 80 480 1060x800x1200
G Brass nut
DE
COD. G DE H kg
VS0703114 1”1/4 Key 45 15 0.055 10
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
234
Threaded pipe end
L3
L1
D/DN S
COD. D DN S L1 L3 kg HxLxP
VS0340340 40 40 3 30 66 0.025 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0340350 50 50 3 30 66 0.030 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0340356 56 56 3 30 66 0.025 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0340363 63 60 3 30 66 0.040 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0340365 75 70 3 30 87 0.095 15 120 720 1060x800x1200
VS0340375 90 90 3.5 30 88 0.085 10 80 480 1060x800x1200
VS0340310 110 100 4.3 30 89 0.170 10 80 400 1180x800x1200
For codes VS0338001-VS0338003-VS0338004-VS0338005-VS0338006-VS0338007-VS0338009-VS0338011-VS0340001-VS0340003-VS0340004-
VS0340005-VS0340007-VS0340009-VS0340011.
D/DN
Ring
S
COD. D DN S kg
VS0338041 40 40 4 0.001 10
VS0338051 50 50 3 0.001 10
VS0338058 56 56 4 0.002 10
VS0338065 63 60 4 0.002 10
VS0338076 75 70 4 0.004 10
VS0338091 90 90 3 0.002 10
VS0338111 110 100 4 0.006 10
For codes VS0338001-VS0338003-VS0338004-VS0338005-VS0338006-VS0338007-VS0338009-VS0338011-VS0340001-VS0340003-VS0340004-
VS0340005-VS0340007-VS0340009-VS0340011.
D/DN
Rubber seal
S
COD. D DN S kg
VS0338040 40 40 6 0.0040 10
VS0338050 50 50 6 0.0040 10
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
VS0338056 56 56 6 0.0050 10
VS0338063 63 60 7 0.006 10
VS0338075 75 70 10 0.020 10
VS0338090 90 90 7 0.010 10
VS0338110 110 A 100 10 0.025 10
VS0338121 110 B 100 5 0.015 10
Low type for code VS0340111.
For codes VS0338001-VS0338003-VS0338004-VS0338005-VS0338006-VS0338007-VS0338009-VS0338011-VS0340001-VS0340003-VS0340004-
VS0340005-VS0340007-VS0340009-VS0340011.
235
End cap with seal
L2
RG
DE
COD. D/DN RG DE L2 kg
VS0340840 40/40 57 60 34 0.030 20 400 3200
VS0340850 50/50 63 70 33 0.035 10 200 1600
VS0340856 56/56 71 80 34 0.075 10 200 1600
VS0340863 63/60 77 85 43 0.085 10 200 1600
VS0340875 75/70 97 109 45 0.160 10 80 800
VS0340890 90/90 113 128 46 0.215 10 80 480
VS0340811 110/100 132 144 65 0.300 10 80 480
For codes VS0340001-VS0340003-VS0340004-VS0340005-VS0340007-VS0340009-VS0340011.
RG
DE
DE
DI
Flat rubber seal
S
COD. G S DE DI kg
VS0703024 1”1/4 2.4 38 30 0.015 10
VS0703021 1”1/2 2.4 45 36 0.020 10
DE
Flat fibre seal
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
DI S
COD. G S DE DI kg
VS0703029 1”1/4 2.4 38 30 0.015 10
VS0703027 1”1/2 2.4 45 36 0.020 10
236
DE HDPE adaptor with reinforced female thread and steel ring
DG
H
DU S
COD. DU DG S DE H kg HxLxP
VS0384001 40 1/2” 3 40.5 55 0.065 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384003 40 3/4” 3 40.5 55 0.060 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384005 40 1” 3 40.5 55 0.060 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384007 50 1/2” 3 50 60 0.075 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384009 50 3/4” 3 50 60 0.075 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384011 50 1” 3 50 60 0.075 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0384013 50 1”1/4 3 50 60 0.070 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0384015 50 1”1/2 3 58.5 60 0.070 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0384017 56 2” 3 70 65 0.100 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0384019 63 2” 3 70 65 0.105 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
VS0384021 75 2”1/2 3 89 70 0.135 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
S
DU
COD. DU DG S DI H kg HxLxP
VS0385013 50 1”1/4 3 29 60 0.055 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0385015 50 1”1/2 3 29 60 0.065 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0385017 56 2” 3 47 65 0.090 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0385019 63 2” 3 47 65 0.095 10 200 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0385021 75 2”1/2 3 57 70 0.125 5 100 800 1010x800x1200
Blank end
L
S
D/DN
COD. D DN S L kg HxLxP
VS0342001 32 30 3 5 0.002 100 2000 16000 1010x800x1200
VS0342003 40 40 3 10 0.010 100 2000 16000 1010x800x1200
VS0342005 50 50 3 10 0.010 50 1000 8000 1010x800x1200
VS0342006 56 56 3 10 0.010 50 1000 8000 1010x800x1200
VS0342007 63 60 3 10 0.015 50 1000 8000 1010x800x1200
VS0342009 75 70 3 10 0.020 30 600 4800 1010x800x1200
VS0342011 90 90 3.5 10 0.030 20 400 3200 1010x800x1200
VS0342013
VS0342015
110
125
100
125
4.3
4.9
10
10
0.050
0.070
40
30
320
240
1920
1440
1060x800x1200
1060x800x1200
9
237
HIGH TYPE
COD. D DN S L kg HxLxP
VS0342017 160 150 6.9 73 0.300 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0342019 200 200 7.3 110 0.570 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0342021 250 250 8.2 94 0.820 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0342023 315 300 10.8 117 1.530 1 - - 930x800x1200
L
H
D2
D/DN
COD. D DN D1 D2 L H kg HxLxP
VS0394001 50 50 140 91 790 45 0.410 10 30 120 120x800x1200
VS0394003 75 70 200 121 720 52 0.575 5 15 60 120x800x1200
VS0394005 110 100 200 166 720 55 0.930 5 15 45 120x800x1200
D1
D2
D
COD. D D1 D2 L H H1 H2 HxLxP
VS0700400 110 75 50 140 184 120 64 5 40 160 1010x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
D
D1 H
Flange for fixing to wall
G/M
COD. D G/M D1 H S kg
VS0398001 70 G 1/2” 50 15 4 0.120 100
VS0398003 70 M10 50 9 4 0.150 100
9
238
H M10 galvanized pipe clip with anchor, fixed or sliding point
D1
D2
L
L1
COD. D H L L1 D1 D2 kg
VS0395001 40 30 120 75 M10 14 0.230 50
VS0395003 50 30 120 75 M10 14 0.240 50
VS0395004 56 30 120 75 M10 14 0.255 50
VS0395005 63 30 120 75 M10 14 0.270 50
VS0395007 75 30 120 75 M10 14 0.280 25
VS0395009 90 30 120 75 M10 14 0.330 25
VS0395011 110 30 120 75 M10 14 0.345 25
VS0395013 125 30 120 75 M10 14 0.320 25
VS0395015 160 30 120 75 M10 14 0.435 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
COD. D D1 H
VS0396001 40 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396003 50 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396004 56 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396005 63 G1/2" 30 50
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
VS0396007 75 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396009 90 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396011 110 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396013 125 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396015 160 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396050 200 G1" 40 10
VS0396052 250 G1" 40 10
VS0396054 315 G1" 40 10
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
239
D1 M10 galvanized pipe clip, fixed or sliding point
COD. D D1 H
VS0396021 40 M10 30 50
VS0396023 50 M10 30 50
VS0396024 56 M10 30 50
VS0396025 63 M10 30 50
VS0396027 75 M10 30 25
VS0396029 90 M10 30 25
VS0396031 110 M10 30 25
VS0396033 125 M10 30 25
VS0396035 160 M10 30 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
L H1
L1 S Galvanised steel flange for fixing to wall
H
G
COD. L G L1 H H1 S kg
VS0398005 120 1” 90 40 48 4 0.250 25
L
Threaded rod
M
COD. M L (mm) kg
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
H H1
P
L
L1
240
Anti-vibration strip for pipe clips
H H1
L P
L1
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H1 H2 kg
VS0200111 110 100 305 190 220 290 75 1.390 1
VS0200113 125 125 315 190 220 290 85 1.480 1
VS0200115 160 150 375 210 255 220 95 2.705 1
VS0200117 200 200 450 170 240 240 123 3.050 1
L1
H
H2 H1
D/DN L2
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200201 110 100 305 190 220 240-310 200 75 1.400 1
VS0200223 125 125 315 190 220 250-310 200 85 1.550 1
VS0200225 160 150 375 210 255 280-350 220 95 2.970 1
VS0200217 200 200 450 170 240 290-380 240 123 3.350 1
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
241
Back flow preventing valve with double gate
L1
H
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200301 110 100 428 275 180 215-270 192 90 2.520 1
VS0200303 125 125 443 275 180 215-270 192 10 2.620 1
VS0200305 160 150 550 340 244 275-370 244 10 4.780 1
VS0200307 200 200 615 335 244 295-348 244 15 5.010 1
SPARES
DE
D
1-lip seal for back flow preventing valves
H
COD. D/DN DE H B kg
VS0391015 110/100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125/125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160/150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
VS0391021 200/200 223.7 12.8 11.2 0.045 20
CATALOGUE / PEHD - RANGE
242
Welding plate with steel box
SPARES
Repair kit for holes (D 40 ÷ 160)
COD.
VS0455050 1
Pipe cutter
COD. D Mod.
VS0458001 6 ÷ 64 T1 1
VS0458003 50 ÷ 140 T2 1
VS0458005 100 ÷ 168 T3 1
COD. D
VS0459001 6 ÷ 64 1
VS0459003 50 ÷ 168 1
243
Beveling tool
COD. D
VS0460001 32 ÷ 160 1
VS0446003 40 ÷ 315 1
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D H L
VS0460110 32 ÷ 160 32 13 1 pair
VS0460111 40 ÷ 315 34 12 1 pair
CATALOGUE / PEHD - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
7
9
244
Valsir universal electrofusion welding machine
COD. D
VS0464333 40 ÷ 315 1
VS0464331 © 40 ÷ 315 1
© Switzerland.
SPARES
Power cable for Switzerland
COD.
VS0464431 1
COD.
VS0464433 1
Plugs
COD. D Colour
VS0464334 40 ÷ 160 Yellow A00 1
VS0464335 200 ÷ 315 Blue A01 1
VS0464336 200 ÷ 315 Red A02 1
VS0464337 40 ÷ 160 Green A03 1
245
MOD. MINI 160 JOYT
Portable butt-welding machine with special clamps for branches and bends
COD. D
VS0466004 40 ÷ 160 1
N.B. This item does not include reducers and side supports D 56.
COD. D
VS0468165 40 ÷ 160 1
N.B. This item does not include reducers and side supports D 56.
SPARES
CATALOGUE / PEHD - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
COD. H L
VS0477510 75 12 1
For codes VS0466004-VS0468165.
Driving belt
COD.
7 VS0477550 1
9 For codes VS0466004-VS0468165.
246
Pipe lateral support reducing bracket
COD. D
VS0477303 40 1
VS0477305 50 1
VS0477306 56 1
VS0477307 63 1
VS0477309 75 1
VS0477311 90 1
VS0477313 110 1
VS0477315 125 1
For codes VS0466004-VS0468165.
Clamp reducer
COD. D Mod.
VS0477260 40 Inferior 1
VS0477261 50 Inferior 1
VS0477262 56 Inferior 1
VS0477263 63 Inferior 1
VS0477264 75 Inferior 1
VS0477265 90 Inferior 1
VS0477266 110 Inferior 1
VS0477267 125 Inferior 1
VS0477268 160 Inferior 1
VS0477270 40 Superior 1
VS0477271 50 Superior 1
VS0477272 56 Superior 1
VS0477273 63 Superior 1
Lateral support
COD.
VS478160 1
For codes VS0466004-VS0468165.
247
Valsir electrofusion welding machine
COD. D
VS0464001 40 ÷ 160 1
SPARES
Lead and plugs
COD.
VS464222 1
Pipe scraper
COD.
VS0465333 1
COD. D Connections
VS0465001 33 40 1
VS0465003 43 50 1
MOD. SUPER
Portable butt welding machine
COD. D Mod.
VS0470001 75 ÷ 250 Super 1
7
9
248
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. Mod. H L
VS0477525 Super 130 15 1
Driving belt
COD. Mod.
VS0477520 Super 1
MOD. MAXI
Welding machine with carriage
COD. Mod. D
VS0470005 Maxi 90 ÷ 315 1
SPARES
COD. Mod. H L
VS0477535 Maxi 160 20 1
Driving belt
COD. Mod.
VS0477540 Maxi 1
9
249
Left and right clamps kit for branch welding
COD. D
VS0471001 40 1
VS0471003 50 1
VS0471005 63 1
VS0471007 75 1
VS0471009 90 1
VS0471011 110 1
Sell out.
For old versions MINI, MEC, MAXI.
Chamfering knife
COD.
VS0473001 1 (12 pcs)
Permanent pens
COD.
VS0474001 1 (12 pcs)
COD. Watt
VS0476001 700 1
COD. L (mm) mm
VS0477001 1000 5.5x3 1 (2 kg)
Lubricant
7
9 COD.
VS0900001
g
150 50
VS0900003 250 50
250
9.2 Push-fit flame retardant
polypropylene waste and drainage
system (PP)
Single socket pipe
D/DN
L
252
COD. D DN L (mm) kg HxLxP
VS0500103 125 125 250 0.625 10 40 120 1165x800x1200
VS0500105 125 125 500 0.735 6 48 96 1340x800x1200
VS0500107 125 125 750 1.025 8 - - -
VS0500109 125 125 1000 1.315 10 - - -
VS0500111 125 125 1500 1.850 10 - - -
VS0500113 125 125 2000 2.490 10 - - -
VS0500115 125 125 3000 3.670 10 - - 930x800x1200
VS0500121 160 150 150 0.485 10 - - 930x800x1200
VS0500123 160 150 250 0.695 10 - - 930x800x1200
VS0500125 160 150 500 1.155 10 - - -
VS0500129 160 150 1000 2.105 10 - - -
VS0500131 160 150 1500 3.005 10 - - -
VS0500133 160 150 2000 3.030 10 - - -
VS0500135 160 150 3000 5.980 10 - - -
COD. D DN L kg
VS0500019 32 30 5000 0.860 50
VS0500039 40 40 5000 1.055 50
VS0500059 50 50 5000 1.370 50
VS0500079 75 70 5000 2.175 30
VS0599019 90 90 5000 2.880 20
VS0500099 110 100 5000 4.415 15
VS0500119 125 125 5000 5.930 10
253
COD. D DN L (mm) kg HxLxP
VS0502031 50 50 3000 0.875 20 - - -
VS0502037 75 70 500 0.295 10 - - -
VS0502038 75 70 750 0.400 10 - - -
VS0502039 75 70 1000 0.535 10 - - -
VS0502040 75 70 1500 0.715 10 - - -
VS0502041 75 70 2000 0.950 10 - - -
VS0502043 75 70 3000 1.435 10 - - -
VS0599027 90 90 500 0.416 8 80 240 2002x800x1200
VS0599029 90 90 1000 0.700 10 - - -
VS0599033 90 90 2000 1.280 10 - - -
VS0599035 90 90 3000 1.860 10 - - -
VS0502049 110 100 500 0.645 12 48 96 1420x800x1200
VS0502050 110 100 750 0.860 10 - - -
VS0502051 110 100 1000 1.135 10 - - -
VS0502052 110 100 1500 1.590 10 - - -
VS0502053 110 100 2000 2.040 10 - - -
VS0502055 110 100 3000 2.845 10 - - -
VS0502061 125 125 500 0.840 6 48 96 1480x800x1200
VS0502063 125 125 1000 1.435 8 - - -
VS0502064 125 125 1500 1.955 8 - - -
VS0502065 125 125 2000 2.675 8 - - -
VS0502067 125 125 3000 3.855 8 - - -
15° bend
L2
Z2
15°
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504001 32 30 5 48 3 45 0.020 80 640 3840 970x800x1200
VS0504013 40 40 6 51 8 53 0.030 50 400 1600 850x800x1200
VS0504025 50 50 1 51 9 50 0.040 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504037 75 70 10 54 11 54 0.065 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0599041 90 90 8 58 12 57 0.104 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0504049 110 100 14 63 14 60 0.165 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0504061 125 125 15 69 15 72 0.225 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0504073 160 150 35 79 19 44 0.450 10 40 80 940x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
254
30° bend
L2
Z2
30°
L1 Z1
D/D
N
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504003 32 30 7 48 5 45 0.020 80 640 3840 970x800x1200
VS0504015 40 40 9 51 11 53 0.035 50 400 1600 850x800x1200
VS0504027 50 50 10 52 12 51 0.040 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504039 75 70 11 55 15 54 0.070 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0599043 90 90 14 58 17.5 57 0.113 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0504051 110 100 20 63 21 65 0.175 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0504063 125 125 24 69 23 73 0.245 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0504075 160 150 25 79 30 82 0.490 10 40 80 940x800x1200
45° bend
L2
Z2
45°
Z1
D/
DN
L1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504005 32 30 5 53 8 45 0.020 80 640 2560 850x800x1200
VS0504017 40 40 9 51 14 53 0.035 50 400 1600 850x800x1200
VS0504029 50 50 12 52 16 51 0.045 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504041 75 70 20 55 21 54 0.075 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0599045 90 90 22 58 25 57 0.130 20 80 240 853x800x1200
VS0504053 110 100 30 63 29 61 0.185 20 80 240 1039x800x1200
VS0504065 125 125 33 69 33 72 0.265 15 60 120 940x800x1200
VS0504077 160 150 42 79 42 85 0.545 10 40 80 940x800x1200
67°30’ bend
Z2L2
67°30’
D/D
Z1
N
L1
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504007 32 30 9 53 20 45 0.025 60 480 2880 970x800x1200
VS0504019 40 40 16 51 20 53 0.035 50 400 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0504031 50 50 20 51 23 51 0.045 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504043 75 70 30 54 31 54 0.080 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0599047 90 90 32 58 36 57 0.134 20 80 240 853x800x1200
VS0504055 110 100 44 63 44 65 0.215 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0504067 125 125 49 69 50 72 0.300 15 60 120 940x800x1200
255
80° bend
L2
Z2
D/DN
80°
L1 Z1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504009 32 30 12 53 24 45 0.025 60 480 2880 970x800x1200
VS0504021 40 40 19 51 24 52 0.035 50 400 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0504033 50 50 23 52 28 50 0.045 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504045 75 70 36 55 38 54 0.085 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0504057 110 100 50 63 54 64 0.225 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0504069 125 125 63 69 62 73 0.315 15 60 120 940x800x1200
87°30’ bend
L2
Z2
D/DN
87°30’
L1 Z1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0504011 32 30 12 53 26 45 0.025 60 480 2880 970x800x1200
VS0504023 40 40 23 51 26 53 0.040 50 400 1600 1010x800x1200
VS0504035 50 50 30 52 31 57 0.050 30 240 960 850x800x1200
VS0504047 75 70 40 55 43 55 0.090 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0599051 90 90 48 58 51 57 0.150 20 80 240 853x800x1200
VS0504059 110 100 57 63 61 66 0.230 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0504071 125 125 71 69 70 72 0.325 10 40 120 1039x800x1200
VS0504083 160 150 87 79 89 85 0.625 10 40 80 1300x800x1200
N1
45°
Z3
L2
L1 Z1
Z2
D/DN
256
67°30’ equal branch
L3
D 1/D
67
°3
N1
0’
Z3
Z1
L2
Z2
L1
D/DN
87
°3
Z3
0’
D1/DN1
Z1
Z2 L2
L1
D/DN
45°
L2
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
Z1
Z2
L1
D1/DN1
257
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 Z1 Z2 Z3 L1 L2 L3 kg HxLxP
VS0599089 110/90 100/90 9.3 124.4 118.5 61.7 57.6 60.5 0.304 10 40 120 970x800x1200
VS0510043 125/50 125/50 -24 114 99 80 54 72 0.354 10 40 120 970x800x1200
VS0510049 125/110 125/100 18 137 141 89 69 69 0.505 8 32 64 940x800x1200
VS0510061 160/110 150/100 1 171 159 99 70 82 0.795 5 20 40 940x800x1200
VS0510067 160/125 150/125 12 180 169 105 79 85 0.970 5 20 40 940x800x1200
Welded.
D2/D
N2
Z3
Z1
L2
Z2
L1
D1/DN1
D2/DN2
Z3
87˚30'
Z1
L1
Z2 L2
D1/DN1
9 VS0510053
VS0510065
125/110 125/100
160/110 150/100
58
58
70
86
63
64
83
99
63
72
68
84
0.425
0.710
8
5
32
20
96
40
1039x800x1200
940x800x1200
VS0510071 160/125 150/125 64 132 71 148 79 86 0.945 5 20 40 940x800x1200
Welded.
258
Corner branch
L3
N2
D 3/D
D2 /D
N3
Z3
L
L2
Z1
L4
Z2 Z4
90°
L1
D1/DN1
D2/DN2
D2/DN2
90
° 90°
L
Z1
L2 Z2 Z4 L4
L1
D3/DN3 D1/DN1
Double branch
L3
D 2/D
N2
D2 /D
Z3
N2
L2
L1 Z 1
L2
Z2 Z4
D1/DN1
VS0599087 90/50 90/50 45° 7 90.5 90.5 190 58 49.5 57 0.193 15 60 180 970x800x1200
VS0506010 110/40 100/40 45° 26 104 90.5 197 72 50 60.5 0.263 10 40 120 853x800x1200
VS0506008 110/50 100/50 45° 16 110 91 197 46 50 58 0.272 10 40 120 853x800x1200
VS0506009 110/50 100/50 67°30’ 8 78 54 189 63 50 62 0.230 10 40 120 853x800x1200
VS0506011 110/50 100/50 67°30’ 28 60 32 184 60 55 65 0.235 10 40 120 853x800x1200
VS0506013 110/110 100/100 67°30’ 40 86 86 254 62 63 65 0.430 5 20 60 970x800x1200
VS0506015 110/110 100/100 67°30’ 38 84 86 254 62 63 65 0.430 5 20 60 970x800x1200
259
L
L1 L2 L3 L4
Ventilation branch
H3
X1 X2 X3
D2
D1
D3
H
H2
D5
D4
D6
X4 X5 X6
H1
D/DN
X=0 if the inlet has no socket, X=1 if the socket is welded to the inlet.
A minimum quantity per order is foreseen.
H
Access pipe
L2
Z3
Dc
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 Z3 L1 L2 Dc H kg HxLxP
VS0516003 50 50 28 30 82 54 90 60 0.110 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0516005 75 70 40 43 58 54 88 80 0.195 20 80 240 853x800x1200
VS0599151 90 90 49 52 58 57 118 85 0.290 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0516007 110 100 57 62 61 67 115 100 0.375 15 60 120 940x800x1200
VS0516009 125 125 58 63 67 69 148 105 0.590 10 40 80 940x800x1200
VS0516011 160 150 58 64 93 83 130 105 0.800 5 20 40 940x800x1200
D2/DN2
Reducing sleeve
L
L1
D/DN
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
260
D2/DN2
Eccentric reducer
L2
Mod. A
L1
D/DN
D2/DN2
Z1 L2
Mod. B
L
L1
D/DN
D2/DN2
D1/DN1 Double reducer
L
Z1
L1
D/DN
D2/DN2
Concentric increaser
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
L
L1
D/DN
261
D2/DN2
Eccentric increaser
L1
L
D/DN
L
L2 Bend for trap connection with grommet
D1/DN1
D2
Z1
L1
D/DN
L
L2
L Bend for trap connection with cap, without grommet
L1
D1
Z1
L1
D/DN
262
Back to back connector
L
L2 for trap with grommets
D1/DN1
D2
Z1
L1
D/DN
L
L2 Extended bend for trap connection with grommet
D1/DN1
D2
Z1
L1
D/DN
L
L2 L Extended bend for trap connection with cap, without grommet
L1
D1
Z1
L1
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
D/DN
263
D/DN
Reducing bend 40/50 1”1/4 with grommet
L2
Z2
D1/DN1
DE
D2
L1
D1/DN1
D/DN
D2
L
L1 L2
L1
L
Straight fitting with cap, without grommet
D/DN
L
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
Rubber grommet
D1
D2
COD. D1 D2 L kg HxLxP
VS0334003 46 24-32 22 0.020 100 800 8000 1130x800x1200
VS0334005 46 36-40 22 0.010 150 1200 7200 1060x800x1200
VS0523009 50 24-32 22 0.025 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523011 50 36-40 22 0.020 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
9 VS0523015 53.5 24-32 22 0.030 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523017 53.5 36-40 22 0.025 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523019 60 46-55 24 0.020 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
264
L
L1
Cap for trap connection bend and straight fitting
D
COD. D DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0503222 46 55 30 10 0.010 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503224 50 60 35 12 0.015 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
Cap
D/DN L
COD. D DN L kg HxLxP
VS0524001 40 40 32 0.010 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0524003 50 50 32 0.015 20 400 2800 935x800x1200
VS0524005 75 70 32 0.025 15 300 2100 935x800x1200
VS0599141 90 90 42 0.045 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0524007 110 100 42 0.065 20 160 960 970x800x1200
VS0524009 125 125 51 0.100 10 80 480 970x800x1200
VS0524011 160 150 57 0.175 10 80 320 1010x800x1200
COD. D DN L kg HxLxP
VS0526000 32 30 85 0.025 60 480 2880 970x800x1200
VS0526001 40 40 108 0.040 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0526003 50 50 108 0.045 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0526005 75 70 120 0.075 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0599101 90 90 120 0.125 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0526007 110 100 136 0.170 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0526009 125 125 147 0.235 20 80 160 940x800x1200
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
265
D/DN Bi-joint
L
COD. D DN L T kg HxLxP
VS0528000 32 30 85 2 0.025 60 480 2880 970x800x1200
VS0528001 40 40 108 2 0.040 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0528003 50 50 108 2 0.050 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0528005 75 70 120 2 0.075 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0599111 90 90 120 2 0.125 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0528007 110 100 136 3 0.170 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0528009 125 125 147 3 0.245 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0528011 160 150 210 28 0.490 10 40 80 940x800x1200
D/DN
Double depth socket
L2
L
L1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0530001 40 40 135 48 80 0.035 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0530003 50 50 135 50 80 0.045 20 160 960 970x800x1200
VS0530005 75 70 150 53 90 0.075 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0599121 90 90 160 59 94 0.120 10 80 320 1010x800x1200
VS0530007 110 100 170 63 98 0.165 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0530009 125 125 190 70 108 0.240 10 40 120 853x800x1200
COD. D DN L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
266
D/DN Quadruple depth socket
L2
L
L1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0531013 40 40 224 48 170 0.055 20 160 960 970x800x1200
VS0531015 50 50 225 50 170 0.070 20 160 640 850x800x1200
VS0599125 90 90 253 58 150 0.172 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0531011 110 100 245 63 175 0.250 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0531019 125 125 260 70 183 0.320 10 40 120 1039x800x1200
L1
L1
D/DN
L
N L
L
D/D
DN
D/
COD. D DN α D2 L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0534001 110 100 90° 102±5 230 82 0.365 15 60 120 940x800x1200
VS0534003 110 100 45° 102±5 230 71 0.370 15 60 120 940x800x1200
VS0534005 110 100 22° 102±5 230 57 0.370 15 60 180 1039x800x1200
Mod. B
D2 White WC connector with seal
Mod. A
L1
D2
L1
L
L
D/DN D/DN
D2
13 White eccentric WC connector with seal
L1
L
Z1
D/DN
9
COD. D DN D2 Z1 L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0536005 110 100 102±5 20 160 46 0.230 20 80 240 970x800x1200
267
DE Cap for WC bend
L
COD. D DE L kg HxLxP
VS0503115 100 124 30 0.035 20 160 960 970x800x1200
For codes VS0534001-VS0534003-VS0534005-VS0538001-VS0538003-VS0540001-VS0540003-VS0542001-VS0542003.
H
D1
COD. D D1 H kg HxLxP
VS0588003 90 145 35 0.035 20 160 960 970x800x1200
VS0588001 110 165 35 0.040 20 160 640 850x800x1200
L1 D2
White WC bend with left inlet, seal and cap
D1
/D
N1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D2 L1
White WC bend with right inlet, seal and cap
N
1
/D
D
1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
VS0540001 110/40 100/40 45° 102±5 171 120 230 82 50 0.390 10 40 120 1039x800x1200
VS0540003 110/50 100/50 45° 102±5 186 125 235 82 52 0.395 10 40 120 1039x800x1200
268
D2 L1
White WC bend with 4 inlets 110/40
Z1
L
L2
Z2
COD. D/D1 DN/DN1 α D2 Z1 Z2 L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0541001 110/40 100/40 45° 102±5 180 120 312 185.5 50 0.500 5 20 40 940x800x1200
L2
Z2
D/DN
D/DN
L1 D2
Extended white WC bend with left inlet, seal and cap
D1
/D
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
N1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
269
D2 L1 Extended white WC bend with right inlet, seal and cap
1
N
/D
D1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D2 D1
L1 Extended white WC bend with 2 inlets, seal and cap
/D
N1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D2 L1
Extended and swiveling
white WC bend with seal and cap
1
N
/D
1
D
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
L2
Z2
D/DN
270
Di Ring for securing joint
H
D
COD. D Di H kg HxLxP
VS0585001 120 110 25 0.020 20 160 960 970x800x1200
For codes VS0543001-VS0545001-VS0545003-VS0547001-VS0547003-VS0549001-VS0549003-VS0599241-VS0599243-VS0599245-VS0599247-
VS0599249.
DE
D1 Seal for WC extension bend
COD. DE D1 H kg HxLxP
VS0583001 120 102±5 25 0.05 20 160 1280 930x800x1200
For codes VS0534-VS0536-VS0538-VS0540-VS0542-VS0543-VS0545-VS0547-VS0549.
DE
D2
Seal for extended WC reducing bend
H
COD. DE D2 H kg HxLxP
VS0388003 120 102±5 23 0.085 20 160 960 1060x800x1200
D/DN
D1/DN1
L3
Z1
L
67°
D 1/D
30’
N1
Z1
L
L1
Z2
D/DN
271
L1 Grey bend with right inlet
30’
67°
N1
D1 /D
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
0’ 67°
N1
°3 30
67
D1 /D
’ Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D2
L2 Trap for squatting toilet, horizontal outlet
D/DN
L
L1
COD. D DN α D2 L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0533001 110 100 90° 102±5 210 210 340 0.860 5 20 60 970x800x1200
D2
L2
Trap for squatting toilet, 45° outlet
L1
L
DN
D/
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
COD. D DN α D2 L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0533011 110 100 4 102±5 207 155 280 0.914 5 20 60 970x800x1200
272
2
D/G PP extension coupling with nut
L
D
PVC reducer
D/DN
L2
L
L1
D1/DN1
D/DN
L2
Mod. A
D/DN
L
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
80
L1
L
L2
L1
L
80
L1
30
30
D1/DN1 D1/DN1
D1/DN1
273
Solvent weld adaptor for connection to PVC
D/DN
L2
L
L1
D1/DN1
Di
Plain-ended adaptor with O-ring for connection to PP - PVC
25
D/DN
18
OR
D1/DN1
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
L
L2 L1 Double socket, connection to PVC and PP pipes
D1/DN1
D/DN
274
D/DN PP bend with O-ring
Mod. A - PVC and solvent weld PVC for connection to PVC
L2
Z2
Z1
L1
D1 /DN
1
D/DN
Mod. B - PP
L2
18 25
Z2
D1/DN1
L1 Z1
D/DN
PP bend with O-ring for connection to PVC
18 25
L2
Z2
D1/DN1
L1 Z1
D/DN L1
WC bend with O-ring and right inlet
30’
N2
67°
D2 /D
Z1
L
L2
Z2
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
D1/DN1
275
L1 D/DN
WC bend with O-ring and left inlet
67°
D 2/D
30’
N2
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D1/DN1
D/DN L1
WC bend with O-ring and two inlets
67°
D2/D
30’
N2
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D1/DN1
D2
Extended WC bend with seal and O-rings
L1
90
°
D/DN
COD. D DN α D2 L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0568001 100 100 90° 102±5 120 200 0.390 15 60 120 940x800x1200
N1
D2
D1 /D
67°30’
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
276
L1
Extended reducing WC bend with left inlet
D 1/D
D2
67°30’
N1
Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D2
D1 /D
67°30’ Z1
L
L2
Z2
D/DN
D
O-ring seal for PVC adaptors
D
1
COD. D D1 kg
VS0392222 100 2.4 0.002 20
VS0564099 100 3.53 0.0039 20
Mod. A
+Adaptor for cast iron with O-ring and seal
Mod. B
D1
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
L2
L
L1
D/DN
277
D2
Seal and O-ring for HTUG
D3
Mod. A
D4
Mod. B
H
D5
D1
D
L2
L
L1
D1
COD. D D1 L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0570001 32 32 61 26 33 0.065 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0570002 40 32 59 28 25 0.040 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0570003 40 40 55 25 25 0.040 40 800 5600 930x800x1200
VS0570005 50 50 40 10 26 0.065 20 400 2800 935x800x1200
L2
“Firenze” trap
D/DN
D/DN
L
L1
L1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0533050 50 50 165 110 380 0.200 1 930x800x1050
VS0533075 75 70 215 135 420 0.355 1 930x800x1050
9 VS0533110
VS0533125
110
125
100
125
280
310
180
200
535
610
0.780
1.180
1
1
930x800x1050
930x800x1050
VS0533160 160 150 350 250 700 1.850 1 930x800x1200
278
DE
D 1-lip seal for sockets
H
B
COD. D/DN DN DE H B kg
VS0391001 32/30 30 40.5 6 4.9 0.002 50
VS0391003 40/40 40 51.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391005 50/50 50 61.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391007 56/50 50 67.5 7.8 6.5 0.010 50
VS0391009 63/50 50 74 7.8 6 0.010 20
VS0391011 75/70 70 86.6 7.8 6.5 0.010 20
VS0391222 100 100 114 9.3 8.2 0.020 20
VS0391013 90 80 103 8.9 7.5 0.015 20
VS0391015 110 100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125 125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160 150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
D/DN
COD. D DN L kg HxLxP
VS0503000 32 30 14 0.005 100 2000 14000 935x800x1200
VS0503001 40 40 36 0.005 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503003 50 50 36 0.010 50 400 3200 930x800x1200
VS0503005 75 70 36 0.020 30 240 1920 930x800x1200
VS0503008 90 90 36 0.030 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0503007 110 100 36 0.040 30 240 960 1010x800x1200
VS0503009 125 125 36 0.050 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0503011 160 150 36 0.055 10 80 480 970x800x1200
D1
Grey PP vent terminal
L
H
D2
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
D/DN
COD. D DN D1 D2 L H kg HxLxP
VS0394001 50 50 140 91 790 45 0.410 10 30 120 120x800x1200
VS0394003 75 70 200 121 720 52 0.575 5 15 60 120x800x1200
VS0394005 110 100 200 166 720 55 0.930 5 15 45 120x800x1200
279
H M10 galvanized pipe clip with anchor, fixed O-ring sliding point
D1
D2
L
L1
COD. D H L L1 D1 D2 kg
VS0395001 40 30 120 75 M10 14 0.230 50
VS0395003 50 30 120 75 M10 14 0.240 50
VS0395004 56 30 120 75 M10 14 0.255 50
VS0395005 63 30 120 75 M10 14 0.270 50
VS0395007 75 30 120 75 M10 14 0.280 25
VS0395009 90 30 120 75 M10 14 0.330 25
VS0395011 110 30 120 75 M10 14 0.345 25
VS0395013 125 30 120 75 M10 14 0.320 25
VS0395015 160 30 120 75 M10 14 0.435 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
D1
G1/2” and G1” galvanized pipe clip, fixed O-ring sliding point
COD. D D1 H
VS0396001 40 G 1/2" 30 50
VS0396003 50 G 1/2" 30 50
VS0396004 56 G 1/2" 30 50
VS0396005 63 G 1/2" 30 50
VS0396007 75 G 1/2" 30 25
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
VS0396009 90 G 1/2" 30 25
VS0396011 110 G 1/2" 30 25
VS0396013 125 G 1/2" 30 25
VS0396015 160 G 1/2" 30 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
280
D1 M10 galvanized pipe clip, fixed O-ring sliding point
COD. D D1 H
VS0396021 40 M10 30 50
VS0396023 50 M10 30 50
VS0396024 56 M10 30 50
VS0396025 63 M10 30 50
VS0396027 75 M10 30 25
VS0396029 90 M10 30 25
VS0396031 110 M10 30 25
VS0396033 125 M10 30 25
VS0396035 160 M10 30 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
D1
D2
D
COD. D D1 D2 L H H1 H2 HxLxP
VS0700400 110 75 50 140 184 120 64 5 40 160 1010x800x1200
D
D1
H Galvanized steel flange
G/
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
COD. D D1 G/M H S kg
VS0398001 70 50 G 1/2” 15 4 0.120 100
VS0398003 70 50 M10 9 4 0.150 100
L
Threaded rod M10
D
9
COD. D L (mm) kg
VS0408001 M10 1000 0.480 100
281
Strip in rolls for pipe clips
H1
L
L1
COD. L (mm) L1 H H1 kg
VS0399001 30 34 4 2 5.016 1
L H1
L1
COD. L (mm) L1 H H1 kg
VS0399222 30 36 9 3 6.110 1
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H1 H2 kg
VS0200111 110 100 305 190 220 290 75 1.390 1
VS0200113 125 125 315 190 220 290 85 1.480 1
VS0200115 160 150 375 210 255 220 95 2.705 1
VS0200117 200 200 450 170 240 240 123 3.050 1
L1
H
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
H2 H1
D/DN L2
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200201 110 100 305 190 220 240-310 200 75 1.400 1
VS0200223 125 125 315 190 220 250-310 200 85 1.550 1
VS0200225 160 150 375 210 255 280-350 220 95 2.970 1
VS0200217 200 200 450 170 240 290-380 240 123 3.350 1
282
Back flow preventing valve with double gate
L1
H
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200301 110 100 428 275 180 215-270 192 90 2.520 1
VS0200303 125 125 443 275 180 215-270 192 10 2.620 1
VS0200305 160 150 550 340 244 275-370 244 10 4.780 1
VS0200307 200 200 615 335 244 295-348 244 15 5.010 1
SPARES
DE
D 1-lip seal for back flow preventing valves
H
COD. D/DN DE H B kg
VS0391015 110/100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125/125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160/150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
VS0391021 200/200 223.7 12.8 11.2 0.045 20
CATALOGUE / PP - RANGE
283
Beveling tool
COD. D
VS0460001 32 ÷ 160 1
VS0460003 40 ÷ 315 1
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D H L
VS0460110 32 ÷ 160 32 13 1 pair
VS0460111 40 ÷ 315 34 12 1 pair
Permanent pens
COD.
VS0474001 1 (12 pcs)
CATALOGUE / PP - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
Hot air
COD. Watt
VS0476001 700 1
COD. L (mm) mm
VS0477003 1000 5.5x3 1 (2 kg)
Lubricant
9 COD.
VS0900001 150
g
50
VS0900003 250 50
284
9.3 Push-fit triple layer waste and
drainage system (TRIPLUS)
L Single socket pipe
D/DN
COD. D DN L (mm) kg HxLxP
VS0650001 32 30 150 0.047 30 240 1440 100x800x1200
VS0650003 32 30 250 0.069 30 240 1440 100x800x1200
VS0650005 32 30 500 0.115 30 180 900 90x800x1200
VS0650007 32 30 1000 0.239 24 - 840 1200x1100x1200
VS0650009 32 30 1500 0.342 24 - 840 1200x1600x1200
VS0650011 32 30 2000 0.468 24 - 840 1200x2100x1200
VS0650013 32 30 3000 0.695 24 - 840 1200x3100x1200
VS0650021 40 40 150 0.053 30 240 1200 1030x800x1200
VS0650023 40 40 250 0.080 30 240 960 1010x800x1200
VS0650025 40 40 500 0.145 50 200 600 970x800x1200
VS0650027 40 40 1000 0.272 20 - 500 1075x1130x1220
VS0650029 40 40 1500 0.400 20 - 500 1075x1630x1220
VS0650031 40 40 2000 0.530 20 - 500 1075x2130x1220
VS0650033 40 40 3000 0.780 20 - 500 1075x3130x1220
VS0650041 50 50 150 0.070 30 240 960 1010x800x1200
VS0650043 50 50 250 0.100 30 240 720 1015x800x1200
VS0650045 50 50 500 0.180 35 140 420 970x800x1200
VS0650047 50 50 1000 0.346 30 - 360 1140x1130x1200
VS0650049 50 50 1500 0.514 30 - 360 1140x1630x1200
VS0650051 50 50 2000 0.670 30 - 360 1140x2130x1200
VS0650053 50 50 3000 1.000 30 - 360 1140x3130x1200
VS0650061 75 70 150 0.160 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0650063 75 70 250 0.235 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0650065 75 70 500 0.420 20 80 240 1075x800x1200
VS0650067 75 70 1000 0.755 20 - 180 1150x1150x1260
VS0650069 75 70 1500 1.175 20 - 180 1150x1650x1260
VS0650071 75 70 2000 1.440 20 - 180 1150x2150x1260
VS0650073 75 70 3000 2.170 20 - 180 1150x3150x1260
CATALOGUE / PP - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
286
COD. D DN L (mm) kg HxLxP
VS0650133 125 125 3000 5.350 8 - 48 1000x3170x1200
VS0650141 160 150 150 0.725 1 - - 130x800x1200
VS0650143 160 150 250 1.000 1 - - 130x800x1200
VS0650145 160 150 500 1.745 1 - - 130x800x1200
VS0650147 160 150 1000 3.240 6 - - 1180x1190x1200
VS0650149 160 150 1500 4.715 6 - 36 1180x1690x1200
VS0650151 160 150 2000 6.205 6 - 36 1180x2190x1200
VS0650153 160 150 3000 9.125 6 - 36 1180x3190x1200
VS0650167 200 200 1000 6.680 4 - - 445x1250x465
VS0650171 200 200 2000 12.500 4 - - 445x2250x465
VS0650173 200 200 3000 18.320 4 - - 445x3250x465
VS0650187 250 250 1000 10.500 4 - - 545x1300x565
VS0650193 250 250 3000 28.530 4 - - 545x3300x565
D/DN
287
COD. D DN L (mm) kg HxLxP
VS0650327 125 125 1000 2.000 8 - 48 1000x1230x1200
VS0650329 125 125 1500 2.880 8 - 48 1000x1730x1200
VS0650331 125 125 2000 3.655 8 - 48 1000x2230x1200
VS0650333 125 125 3000 5.495 8 - 48 1000x3230x1200
15° bend
L2
Z2
15°
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650401 32 30 3 48 6 44 0.021 80 640 3840 1000x800x1200
VS0650411 40 40 4 47 8 44 0.035 50 400 2000 1030x800x1200
VS0650421 50 50 4 48 8 46 0.045 30 240 1680 1110x800x1200
VS0650431 75 70 7 53 11 52 0.110 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0650441 90 90 8 56 14 56 0.168 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0650451 110 100 9 61 16 59 0.250 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0650461 125 125 10 66 17 64 0.357 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0650471 160 150 12 45 22 73 0.652 1 - - 930x800x1200
30° bend
L2
Z2
30°
Z1
L1
D/D
N
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650403 32 30 5 48 8 44 0.021 80 640 3840 1000x800x1200
VS0650413 40 40 7 47 10 44 0.037 50 400 2000 1030x800x1200
VS0650423 50 50 8 48 12 46 0.048 30 240 1680 1110x800x1200
VS0650433 75 70 12 53 17 52 0.120 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0650443 90 90 14 56 20 56 0.183 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
288
45° bend
L2
Z2
45°
Z1
D/
DN
L1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650405 32 30 8 45 10 44 0.023 80 640 3200 1000x800x1200
VS0650415 40 40 10 47 14 44 0.040 50 400 2000 1030x800x1200
VS0650425 50 50 11 48 17 46 0.053 30 240 1200 1030x800x1200
VS0650435 75 70 18 53 22 52 0.128 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0650445 90 90 21 56 26 56 0.198 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0650455 110 100 25 61 31 59 0.273 20 80 240 1039x800x1200
VS0650465 125 125 28 66 35 64 0.428 15 60 120 940x800x1200
VS0650475 160 150 35 75 45 73 0.765 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650485 200 200 63 180 86 170 3.500 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650495 250 250 57 210 88 203 5.090 1 - - 930x800x1200
67°30’ bend
L2
Z2
D/DN
67°30'
Z1
L1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650407 32 30 10 51 15 47 0.023 60 480 2880 1000x800x1200
VS0650417 40 40 15 47 19 44 0.042 50 400 2000 1030x800x1200
VS0650427 50 50 18 48 22 46 0.056 30 240 1200 1030x800x1200
VS0650437 75 70 28 53 33 52 0.14 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0650447 90 90 33 56 38 56 0.224 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0650457 110 100 40 61 45 59 0.333 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0650467 125 125 43 66 51 64 0.478 15 60 120 940x800x1200
87°30’ bend
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
L2
Z2
D/DN
87°30'
L1 Z1
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650409 32 30 20 45 19 44 0.024 60 480 2880 1000x800x1200
VS0650419 40 40 22 47 25 44 0.045 50 400 2000 1030x800x1200
VS0650429 50 50 26 48 30 46 0.060 30 240 1200 1030x800x1200
VS0650439 75 70 40 53 43 52 0.153 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0650449 90 90 46 56 51 56 0.241 20 160 320 1050x800x1200
VS0650459 110 100 57 61 61 59 0.367 20 80 160 940x800x1200 9
VS0650469 125 125 62 66 70 64 0.530 10 40 120 1039x800x1200
VS0650479 160 150 78 75 89 73 1.000 1 - - 930x800x1200
289
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg HxLxP
VS0650489 200 200 148 180 172 170 3.720 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650499 250 250 122 210 163 203 6.040 1 - - 930x800x1200
D1
45° branch
/D
N1
L3
45°
Z3
L2
L1 Z1
Z2
D1/DN1
87°30’ branch
L3
Z3
D1/DN1
87°30'
Z1
L1
Z2 L2
D1/DN1
290
D2
/D
N2
45° reduced branch
L3
Z3
45°
L2
Z1
Z2
L1
D1/DN1
D2/DN2
Z3
87˚30'
Z1
L1
Z2 L2
D1/DN1
291
COD. D1/D2 DN1/DN2 Z1 L1 Z2 L2 Z3 L3 kg HxLxP
VS0650639 200/160 200/150 75 180 138 77 109 169 3.600 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650645 250/110 250/100 49 210 159 63 98 203 5.230 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650649 250/160 250/150 74 210 164 88 123 203 5.900 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650651 250/200 250/200 94 210 191 153 143 203 7.160 1 - - 930x800x1200
D3
/D
N3 Double branch
N2
L3
/D
D2
45°
45°
Z3
L
L4
L2
L1 Z1
Z4
Z2
D/DN
L Ventilation branch
L1 L2 L3 L4
H3
X1 X2 X3
D2
D1
D3
H
H2
D5
D4
D6
X4 X5 X6
H1
D/DN
X=0 if the inlet has no socket, X=1 if the socket is welded to the inlet.
A minimum quantity per order is foreseen.
H
Inspection opening with screw cap
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
L2
Z2
Dc
Z1
L1
D/DN
292
Mod. A
D2/DN2 Eccentric reducer
Mod. B
D2/DN2
L2
L2
Z1
L
L1
L1
D1/DN1 D1/DN1
Closing cap
L
D/DN
293
L L3
L2 Bend with cap for trap connection
D1
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D D1 Z1 L1 L2 L3 L kg HxLxP
VS0650971 32 46.0 23 51 27 10 50 0.050 20 160 1280 930x800x1200
VS0650972 40 46.0 23 51 30 10 50 0.056 20 160 1120 1110x800x1200
VS0650973 40 53.5 28 52 27 10 52 0.060 20 160 1120 1110x800x1200
VS0650974 50 53.5 28 52 28 10 52 0.065 20 160 1120 1110x800x1200
VS0650975 50 60.0 28 52 28 10 52 0.060 20 160 1120 1110x800x1200
D1
L
L2
L3 Long bend for trap connection
D1
Z1
L1
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
D/DN
294
L
L1 Protection cap for trap connection bend
DE
D
COD. D DE L L1 kg HxLxP
VS0503222 46 55 30 10 0.010 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503224 50 60 35 12 0.015 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503225 53.5 63 30 10 0.015 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503226 60 70 30 10 0.015 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
L
Grommet
D1
D2
COD. D1 D2 L kg HxLxP
VS0334003 46 24-32 22 0.020 100 800 8000 1130x800x1200
VS0334005 46 36-40 22 0.010 150 1200 7200 1060x800x1200
VS0523011 50 36-40 22 0.020 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523015 53.5 24-32 22 0.030 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523017 53.5 36-40 22 0.025 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
VS0523019 60 46-55 24 0.020 30 600 4200 935x800x1200
D/DN
Sliding sleeve
L
295
D/DN Double socket sleeve
L
COD. D/DN L T kg HxLxP
VS0650851 32/32 85 2 0.023 60 480 2880 1000x800x1200
VS0650853 40/40 100 2 0.040 30 240 1680 1110x800x1200
VS0650855 50/50 105 2 0.050 30 240 1680 1110x800x1200
VS0650857 75/70 120 2 0.120 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0650859 90/90 120 3 0.155 20 160 480 1015x800x1200
VS0650861 110/100 136 3 0.260 20 80 240 970x800x1200
VS0650863 125/125 147 3 0.380 20 80 160 940x800x1200
VS0650865 160/150 180 3 0.645 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650867 200/200 374 14 2.030 1 - - 930x800x1200
VS0650869 250/250 466 20 4.460 1 - - 930x800x1200
D/DN
Triple depth socket
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
L2
L
L1
296
Protection cap for socket
L
D/DN
COD. D DN L kg HxLxP
VS0503000 32 30 16 0.005 100 2000 14000 935x800x1200
VS0503001 40 40 36 0.005 40 800 5600 935x800x1200
VS0503003 50 50 36 0.010 50 400 3200 930x800x1200
VS0503005 75 70 36 0.020 30 240 1920 930x800x1200
VS0503008 90 90 36 0.030 30 240 1440 970x800x1200
VS0503007 110 100 36 0.040 30 240 960 1010x800x1200
VS0503009 125 125 36 0.050 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0503011 160 150 36 0.055 10 80 480 970x800x1200
DE
D Single-lipped seal
H
COD. D DN DE H B kg
VS0391001 32 30 40.5 6 4.9 0.002 50
VS0391003 40 40 51.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391005 50 50 61.4 7.8 6.5 0.005 50
VS0391011 75 70 86.6 7.8 6.5 0.010 20
VS0391013 90 80 103 8.9 7.5 0.015 20
VS0391015 110 100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125 125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160 150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
VS0391021 200 200 223.7 12.8 11.2 0.045 20
VS0391023 250 250 282 19.5 1.6 0.500 1
L
Air admittance valve D 50-75-110
H1
H
H2
D1
D2
D
COD. D D1 D2 L H H1 H2 HxLxP
9
VS0700400 110 75 50 140 184 120 64 5 40 160 1010x800x1200
297
D1
Grey PP vent terminal
L
H
D2
D/DN
COD. D DN D1 D2 L H kg HxLxP
VS0394001 50 50 140 91 790 45 0.410 10 30 120 120x800x1200
VS0394003 75 70 200 121 720 52 0.575 5 15 60 120x800x1200
VS0394005 110 100 200 166 720 55 0.930 5 15 45 120x800x1200
D1
D2
L
L1
COD. D H L L1 D1 D2 kg
VS0395001 40 30 120 75 M10 14 0.230 50
VS0395003 50 30 120 75 M10 14 0.240 50
VS0395004 56 30 120 75 M10 14 0.255 50
VS0395005 63 30 120 75 M10 14 0.270 50
VS0395007 75 30 120 75 M10 14 0.280 25
VS0395009 90 30 120 75 M10 14 0.330 25
VS0395011 110 30 120 75 M10 14 0.345 25
VS0395013 125 30 120 75 M10 14 0.320 25
VS0395015 160 30 120 75 M10 14 0.435 25
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
D
D1
H Flange for fixing to wall
G/
M
COD. D D1 G/M H S kg
9 VS0398001 70 50 G 1/2” 15 4 0.120 100
VS0398003 70 50 M10 9 4 0.150 100
298
D1 G1/2” and G1” galvanized pipe clip, fixed or sliding point
COD. D D1 H
VS0396001 40 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396003 50 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396004 56 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396005 63 G1/2" 30 50
VS0396007 75 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396009 90 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396011 110 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396013 125 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396015 160 G1/2" 30 25
VS0396050 200 G1" 40 10
VS0396052 250 G1" 40 10
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
COD. D D1 H
VS0396021 40 M10 30 50
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
VS0396023 50 M10 30 50
VS0396024 56 M10 30 50
VS0396025 63 M10 30 50
VS0396027 75 M10 30 25
VS0396029 90 M10 30 25
VS0396031 110 M10 30 25
VS0396033 125 M10 30 25
VS0396035 160 M10 30 25
The clip is equipped with a system that allows fixed and sliding point installations by simply rotating the lower part of the clip itself by 180°.
299
L Threaded rod
D
COD. D L kg
VS0408001 M10 100 cm 0.480 100
H1
L
L1
COD. L (mm) L1 H H1 kg
VS0399001 30 34 4 2 5.016 1
H1
L
L1
COD. L (mm) L1 H H1 kg
VS0399222 30 36 9 3 6.110 1
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H1 H2 kg
VS0200111 110 100 305 190 220 290 75 1.390 1
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
300
Back flow preventing valve with single gate
L1
H
H2 H1
D/DN L2
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200201 110 100 305 190 220 240-310 200 75 1.400 1
VS0200223 125 125 315 190 220 250-310 200 85 1.550 1
VS0200225 160 150 375 210 255 280-350 220 95 2.970 1
VS0200217 200 200 450 170 240 290-380 240 123 3.350 1
L1
H
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200301 110 100 428 275 180 215-270 192 90 2.520 1
VS0200303 125 125 443 275 180 215-270 192 10 2.620 1
VS0200305 160 150 550 340 244 275-370 244 10 4.780 1
VS0200307 200 200 615 335 244 295-348 244 15 5.010 1
SPARES
DE
D
1-lip seal for back flow preventing valves
H
B
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - RANGE
COD. D/DN DE H B kg
VS0391015 110/100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125/125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160/150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
VS0391021 200/200 223.7 12.8 11.2 0.045 20
301
Pipe cutter
COD. D Mod.
VS0458001 6 ÷ 64 T1 1
VS0458003 50 ÷ 140 T2 1
VS0458005 100 ÷ 168 T3 1
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D
VS0459001 6 ÷ 64 1
VS0459003 50 ÷ 160 1
Beveling tool
COD. D
VS0460001 32 ÷ 160 1
VS0460003 40 ÷ 315 1
CATALOGUE / TRIPLUS - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D H L
VS0460110 32 ÷ 160 32 13 1 pair
VS0460111 40 ÷ 315 34 12 1 pair
Lubricant
COD. g
9 VS0900001 150 50
VS0900003 250 50
302
9.4 Push-fit soundproof waste and
drainage system (SILERE)
S1
Single socket pipe
D/DN
L
COD. D DN S1 L (mm) kg
VS0220001 58 50 4.2 150 0.25 4
VS0220003 58 50 4.2 250 0.36 4
VS0220005 58 50 4.2 500 0.64 4
VS0220007 58 50 4.2 1000 1.12 16
VS0220009 58 50 4.2 2000 2.32 16
VS0220011 58 50 4.2 3000 3.44 16
VS0220021 78 70 4.6 150 0.40 4
VS0220023 78 70 4.6 250 0.60 4
VS0220025 78 70 4.6 500 1.00 4
VS0220027 78 70 4.6 1000 2.00 16
VS0220029 78 70 4.6 2000 4.10 16
VS0220031 78 70 4.6 3000 6.10 16
VS0220041 90 90 4.6 150 0.43 4
VS0220043 90 90 4.6 250 0.63 4
VS0220045 90 90 4.6 500 1.20 4
VS0220047 90 90 4.6 1000 2.50 12
VS0220049 90 90 4.6 2000 4.90 12
VS0220050 90 90 4.6 3000 7.50 12
VS0220051 110 100 5.6 150 0.80 4
VS0220053 110 100 5.6 250 1.20 4
VS0220055 110 100 5.6 500 1.95 4
VS0220057 110 100 5.6 1000 3.60 15
VS0220059 110 100 5.6 2000 6.90 15
VS0220061 110 100 5.6 3000 10.20 15
VS0220071 135 125 5.6 150 0.96 4
VS0220073 135 125 5.6 250 1.38 4
VS0220075 135 125 5.6 500 2.43 4
VS0220077 135 125 5.6 1000 4.53 8
VS0220079 135 125 5.6 2000 8.73 8
VS0220081 135 125 5.6 3000 12.93 8
VS0220091 160 150 5.6 150 1.20 4
VS0220093 160 150 5.6 250 1.68 4
VS0220095 160 150 5.6 500 2.90 4
VS0220097 160 150 5.6 1000 5.30 8
VS0220099 160 150 5.6 2000 10.12 8
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
COD. D DN S1 L (mm) kg
VS0220501 58 50 4.2 5000 5.50 180
VS0220503 78 70 4.6 5000 10.00 180
9 VS0220505
VS0220507
90
110
90
100
4.6
5.6
5000
5000
12.00
16.40
120
150
VS0220509 135 125 5.6 5000 21.00 120
VS0220511 160 150 5.6 5000 24.00 70
304
15° bend
L2
Z2
15°
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg
VS0221001 58 50 4 70 8 55 0.17 4
VS0221011 78 70 6 60 10 60 0.25 4
VS0221021 90 90 8 60 80 60 0.29 4
VS0221031 110 100 27 61 15 65 0.49 4
VS0221041 135 125 29 64 10 70 0.65 4
VS0221051 160 150 13 66 19 70 0.72 4
30° bend
L2
Z2
30°
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg
VS0221003 58 50 8 70 16 55 0.17 4
VS0221013 78 70 11 60 30 60 0.30 4
VS0221023 90 90 14 60 14 60 0.28 4
VS0221033 110 100 37 61 19 65 0.52 4
VS0221043 135 125 38 64 45 70 0.73 4
VS0221053 160 150 24 66 30 70 0.80 4
L2
45° bend
Z2
45°
Z1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg
VS0221005 58 50 28 70 17 55 0.18 4
VS0221015 78 70 37 60 21 60 0.31 4
VS0221025 90 90 22 60 20 60 0.36 4
VS0221035 110 100 44 61 28 65 0.57 4
VS0221045 135 125 50 64 34 70 0.79 4
VS0221055 160 150 30 66 42 70 0.88 4
305
L2
Z2
67°30’ bend
67°30’
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg
VS0221007 58 50 32 70 21 55 0.18 4
VS0221017 78 70 26 60 26 60 0.42 4
VS0221037 110 100 44 61 44 65 0.70 4
L2 Z2 87°30’ bend
87°30’
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 L2 kg
VS0221009 58 50 47 70 32 55 0.20 4
VS0221019 78 70 62 60 42 60 0.37 4
VS0221029 90 80 49 60 42 60 0.33 4
VS0221039 110 100 78 61 58 65 0.72 4
VS0221049 135 125 96 64 102 70 1.10 4
VS0221059 160 150 83 66 89 70 1.42 4
Z3 Z2 Venting bend
Z
4
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z2 Z3 Z4 kg
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
306
2
45° branch
L3
/D
2
Z3
L2
Z1
Z2
L1
D1/DN1
67°30’ branch
L3
N2
D2/D
Z3
Z1
L2
Z2
L1
D1/DN1
307
87°30’ branch
L3
D2/DN2
Z3
Z1
Z2
L2
L1
D1/DN1
Sweep branch
L3
87°30’
D2/DN2
Z3
Z1
L2 Z2
L1
D1/DN1
Double branch
L3
0’
°3
D2/DN2
87
Z3
Z1
L2 Z2 L2
L1
Z2
D1/DN1
d
Parallel branch
Z5
L2
Z3
L
Z4
L1 Z1
Z2
9
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 d L1 L kg
VS0233011 110 100 44 136 136 46 89 129 61 310 1.54 2
308
L
L1 L2 L3 L4
Ventilation branch
H3
X1 X2 X3
D2
D1
D3
H
H2
D5
D4
D6
X4 X5 X6
H1
D/DN
X=0 if the inlet has no socket, X=1 if the socket is welded to the inlet.
A minimum quantity per order is foreseen.
H
Inspection opening with screw cap
L3
Z3
DE
Z1
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN Z1 L1 Z3 L3 H DE kg
VS0227005 58 50 28 70 32 55 72 90 0.40 4
VS0227007 78 70 37 60 43 60 82 120 0.80 4
VS0227011 110 100 78 61 58 70 110 150 1.18 4
VS0227013 135 125 90 64 72 65 115 150 1.50 4
VS0227015 160 150 80 95 80 70 120 150 1.80 2
L1
L1
D1/DN1 D1/DN1
309
Cap
L
L1
D/DN
COD. D DN L1 L kg
VS0230005 58 50 50 65 0.09 4
VS0230007 78 70 51 66 0.14 4
VS0230009 90 90 51 66 0.20 4
VS0230011 110 100 56 72 0.28 4
VS0230013 135 125 60 77 0.39 4
VS0230015 160 150 45 63.5 0.43 4
D1 Fastening clip
L
D2
COD. D/DN D1 D2 L kg
VS0250005 58/50 59 69 41 0.06 10
VS0250007 78/70 79 99 41 0.08 10
VS0250009 90/90 91 102 41 0.10 10
VS0250011 110/100 111 123 46 0.12 10
VS0250013 135/125 136 146 47 0.13 10
VS0250015 160/150 161 181 47 0.18 10
Sliding sleeve
L
D/DN
COD. D DN L kg
VS0228005 58 50 105 0.17 4
VS0228007 78 70 107 0.20 4
VS0228011 110 100 117 0.40 4
VS0228013 135 125 126 0.53 4
VS0228015 160 150 147 0.60 4
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
D/DN Bi-joint
L
T T2
T1
D/DN
COD. D DN T T1 T2 L kg
VS0229005 58 50 48 5 15 119 0.16 4
VS0229007 78 70 48 6 16 119 0.21 4
VS0229009 90 90 47 6 16 124 0.21 4
9 VS0229011
VS0229013
110
135
100
125
48
65
6
6
16
16
124
145
0.35
0.53
4
4
VS0229015 160 150 65 6 16 147 0.60 4
310
D2/DN2
Connector PP/HDPE - SILERE
Z1
L
L1
D1/DN1
S1
D2/DN2
L2
L2
L
L
L1
L1
K
S1
S1
D1/DN1 D1/DN1
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
311
H D1
Grommet
L
D2
COD. D DN D1 D2 H L HxLxP
VS0261005 58 50 59 64 5.5 50 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
VS0261007 78 70 79 84 5.5 50 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
VS0261009 90 90 91 95 5.5 55 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
VS0261011 110 100 111 116 5.5 66 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0261013 135 125 136 141 5.5 66 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0261015 160 150 161 166 5.5 55 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
For codes VS0229005-VS0229006-VS0229007-VS0229008-VS0229009-VS0229010-VS0229011-VS0229012-VS0229013-VS0229014-VS0229015.
L1
L
COD. D DN L1 L kg HxLxP
VS0271005 58 50 20.5 44 0.15 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
VS0271007 78 70 22.5 48 0.19 20 160 800 1030x800x1200
VS0271011 110 100 25.5 55 0.22 20 160 640 1010x800x1200
VS0271013 135 125 28 60 0.30 10 80 400 1030x800x1200
VS0271015 160 150 30 65 0.36 10 80 400 1030x800x1200
Rubber connector
D/DN
DE
D2
L1
COD. D DN D2 DE L1 L kg
VS0272005 58 50 40/56 77 20 63 0.15 20
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
312
Single lip seal HS
DE
H
b
D1
Grey PP vent terminal
L
H
D2
D/DN
COD. D DN D1 D2 L H kg HxLxP
VS0394001 50 50 140 91 790 45 0.410 10 30 120 120x800x1200
VS0394003 75 70 200 121 720 52 0.575 5 15 60 120x800x1200
VS0394005 110 100 200 166 720 55 0.930 5 15 45 120x800x1200
L
Air admittance valve D 50-75-110
H1
D1
D2
D
COD. D D1 D2 L H H1 H2 HxLxP
VS0700400 110 75 50 140 184 120 64 5 40 160 1010x800x1200
313
L Pipe clip with anti-vibration rubber insert
DN
H
G/ M
C
Fire collar
D/DN
DE
D1
R
COD. D DN D1 DE C
VS0270005 58 50 65 95 80 1
VS0270007 78/90 70/90 95 140 80 1
VS0270012 110 100 130 180 100 1
VS0270013 135 125 144 195 110 1
VS0270015 160 150 166 215 120 1
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H1 H2 kg
VS0200111 110 100 305 190 220 290 75 1.390 1
VS0200113 125 125 315 190 220 290 85 1.480 1
VS0200115 160 150 375 210 255 220 95 2.705 1
VS0200117 200 200 450 170 240 240 123 3.050 1
314
Back flow preventing valve with single gate
L1
H
H2 H1
D/DN L2
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200201 110 100 305 190 220 240-310 200 75 1.400 1
VS0200223 125 125 315 190 220 250-310 200 85 1.550 1
VS0200225 160 150 375 210 255 280-350 220 95 2.970 1
VS0200217 200 200 450 170 240 290-380 240 123 3.350 1
L1
H
H2
D/DN L2 H1
COD. D DN L L1 L2 H H1 H2 kg
VS0200301 110 100 428 275 180 215-270 192 90 2.520 1
VS0200303 125 125 443 275 180 215-270 192 10 2.620 1
VS0200305 160 150 550 340 244 275-370 244 10 4.780 1
VS0200307 200 200 615 335 244 295-348 244 15 5.010 1
SPARES
DE 1-lip seal for back flow preventing valves
D
H
B
CATALOGUE / SILERE - RANGE
COD. D/DN DE H B kg
VS0391015 110/100 123.9 8.9 7.9 0.020 20
VS0391017 125/125 142.2 10.2 8.9 0.025 20
VS0391019 160/150 179.8 11.5 10.2 0.045 20
VS0391021 200/200 223.7 12.8 11.2 0.045 20
315
Pipe cutter
COD. D Mod.
VS0458001 6 ÷ 64 T1 1
VS0458003 50 ÷ 140 T2 1
VS0458005 100 ÷ 168 T3 1
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D
VS0459001 6 ÷ 64 1
VS0459003 50 ÷ 160 1
Beveling tool
COD. D
VS0460001 32 ÷ 160 1
VS0460003 40 ÷ 315 1
CATALOGUE / SILERE - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
SPARES
Spare blades
COD. D H L
VS0460110 32 ÷ 160 32 13 1 pair
VS0460111 40 ÷ 315 34 12 1 pair
Lubricant
COD. g
9 VS0900001 150 50
VS0900003 250 50
316
L02-345/1
Technical manual Technical manual
L02-345/1 L02-345/1
ative)
lene
ve/neg
] (positi
ne
∆T [°C
ropy
erence
le
ature diff
thy
FLUSH CISTERNS RADIANT SYSTEMS Temper 100
lye
Silere
Poly
Po
90
80
70
60
40
30
20
200
160
10 120 ]
80
ction
∆ L [mm
40 ion/contra
10 0 Expans
9
8
7
6 This means that
5
3
4 doubling the noise
2 gth [m] noise sources power (or inten
1 Pipe len with noise energ sity) is the same
Let’s now supp ies (or intensities as increasing the
ose that we halve ) that are doub noise levels by
the noise powe le compared to 3 dB or difference
pressure corre r (or intensity) the other. s of 3 dB are equa
7 sponding to 80 an we want to
and l to
10 9
8 dB and we halve evaluate the reduc
] it, we obtain: tion in dB. If we
ght L [m
6
Pipe len 1 2 consider the same
5 L = 10lo
tot
p
g10
noise
[mm] 2 = 10log10 0,510 8 = 77 dB
(
TGM p0
)
4
meter De 315
Pipe dia 3
GEPRÜFT 250
2
This means that
halving the noise [2.13]
2,5 And what happ power (or inten
200 sity) is the equiv
2 ens if we multi
ply the noise energ
y (or intensity)
alent of reducing
the levels of noise
by 3 dB.
1 by a factor of ten?
2
L tot = 10log p
10 10
10
= 10log10 1010 8 = 90 dB
2,0
p0
( )
L Bf [m]
the noise levels
TE SYSTEMS
are increased [2.14]
1,5 by 10 dB!
arm
The concepts
of flexible
just dealt with
doubling the soun are clearly show
■
d power is equiv n in the curve
in Figure 2.1 wher
NOISE IN WAS
■ multiplyin alent to increasing e we see that:
DE AT IT UK AU PL RU FR NL SG BY SK g the sound powe the noise levels
r by a factor of by 3 dB;
Length
■ halving ten is equivalent
1,5 the sound powe to increasing the
r is the equivalent
of reducing the noise levels by
1,0 noise levels by 10 dB;
[m] 3 dB.
0,5 arm H Bf
of flexible
0 Length D"
180
140
[mm]
tion
n/contrac
0 Expansio
D"
7 7
D"
7 7
HU RO CZ DK CH UA ZA SE ES BE NO FI
D"
7 7 7 7
22
www.valsir.it
www.valsir.it
You can give us your opinion on Valsir and its products by using the form you will find into the “Services” section of our Web site.
www.valsir.it